1/* MIPS-specific support for ELF 2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 4 5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support, 6 <ian@cygnus.com>. 7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC. 8 <mark@codesourcery.com> 9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data 10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net> 11 12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. 13 14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or 17 (at your option) any later version. 18 19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 22 GNU General Public License for more details. 23 24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ 27 28/* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */ 29 30#include "sysdep.h" 31#include "bfd.h" 32#include "libbfd.h" 33#include "libiberty.h" 34#include "elf-bfd.h" 35#include "elfxx-mips.h" 36#include "elf/mips.h" 37#include "elf-vxworks.h" 38 39/* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */ 40#include "coff/sym.h" 41#include "coff/symconst.h" 42#include "coff/ecoff.h" 43#include "coff/mips.h" 44 45#include "hashtab.h" 46 47/* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry. 48 There are three types of entry: 49 50 (1) absolute addresses 51 (abfd == NULL) 52 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd 53 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0) 54 (3) global and forced-local symbols 55 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1) 56 57 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT. 58 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT 59 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both 60 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out 61 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to 62 create separate GOTs for each input bfd. 63 64 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one 65 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only 66 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat 67 arbitrary in this case. 68 69 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique 70 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the 71 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's 72 GOT index. 73 74 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue 75 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several 76 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd. 77 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when 78 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the 79 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */ 80struct mips_got_entry 81{ 82 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */ 83 bfd *abfd; 84 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if 85 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */ 86 long symndx; 87 union 88 { 89 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */ 90 bfd_vma address; 91 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation 92 that should be added to the symbol value. */ 93 bfd_vma addend; 94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry 95 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if 96 h->forced_local). */ 97 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; 98 } d; 99 100 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and 101 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new 102 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not 103 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be 104 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */ 105 unsigned char tls_type; 106 107 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry 108 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol 109 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */ 110 long gotidx; 111}; 112 113/* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */ 114 115struct mips_got_info 116{ 117 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic 118 symbol table. */ 119 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym; 120 /* The number of global .got entries. */ 121 unsigned int global_gotno; 122 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */ 123 unsigned int tls_gotno; 124 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during 125 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */ 126 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno; 127 /* The number of local .got entries. */ 128 unsigned int local_gotno; 129 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */ 130 unsigned int assigned_gotno; 131 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */ 132 struct htab *got_entries; 133 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL 134 unless multi-got was necessary. */ 135 struct htab *bfd2got; 136 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most 137 of the time, it points to the previous got). */ 138 struct mips_got_info *next; 139 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE 140 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed 141 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries 142 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */ 143 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset; 144}; 145 146/* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */ 147 148struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash { 149 bfd *bfd; 150 struct mips_got_info *g; 151}; 152 153/* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to 154 create and merge bfd's gots. */ 155 156struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg 157{ 158 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */ 159 htab_t bfd2got; 160 /* The output bfd. */ 161 bfd *obfd; 162 /* The link information. */ 163 struct bfd_link_info *info; 164 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get 165 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and 166 DT_MIPS_GOTSYM. */ 167 struct mips_got_info *primary; 168 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's 169 gots. */ 170 struct mips_got_info *current; 171 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a 172 16-bit offset. */ 173 unsigned int max_count; 174 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */ 175 unsigned int primary_count; 176 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */ 177 unsigned int current_count; 178 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the 179 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes 180 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in 181 the "master" GOT. */ 182 unsigned int global_count; 183}; 184 185/* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */ 186 187struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg 188{ 189 struct mips_got_info *g; 190 int value; 191 unsigned int needed_relocs; 192 struct bfd_link_info *info; 193}; 194 195/* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT 196 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */ 197 198struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg 199{ 200 struct bfd_link_info *info; 201 unsigned int needed; 202}; 203 204struct _mips_elf_section_data 205{ 206 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf; 207 union 208 { 209 struct mips_got_info *got_info; 210 bfd_byte *tdata; 211 } u; 212}; 213 214#define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \ 215 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec)) 216 217/* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting 218 the dynamic symbols. */ 219 220struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data 221{ 222 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table 223 index. */ 224 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low; 225 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS 226 symbol with a GOT entry. */ 227 long min_got_dynindx; 228 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol 229 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol 230 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */ 231 long max_unref_got_dynindx; 232 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a 233 symbol without a GOT entry. */ 234 long max_non_got_dynindx; 235}; 236 237/* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in 238 the global hash table. */ 239 240struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry 241{ 242 struct elf_link_hash_entry root; 243 244 /* External symbol information. */ 245 EXTR esym; 246 247 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against 248 this symbol. */ 249 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs; 250 251 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against 252 a readonly section. */ 253 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc; 254 255 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations 256 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but 257 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", 258 p. 4-20. */ 259 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub; 260 261 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this 262 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */ 263 asection *fn_stub; 264 265 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears 266 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */ 267 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub; 268 269 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this 270 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */ 271 asection *call_stub; 272 273 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function 274 being called returns a floating point value. */ 275 asection *call_fp_stub; 276 277 /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted 278 the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */ 279 bfd_boolean forced_local; 280 281 /* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */ 282 bfd_boolean is_relocation_target; 283 284 /* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */ 285 bfd_boolean is_branch_target; 286 287#define GOT_NORMAL 0 288#define GOT_TLS_GD 1 289#define GOT_TLS_LDM 2 290#define GOT_TLS_IE 4 291#define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40 292#define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80 293 unsigned char tls_type; 294 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there 295 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored 296 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry 297 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be 298 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is 299 overloaded already. */ 300 bfd_vma tls_got_offset; 301}; 302 303/* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ 304 305struct mips_elf_link_hash_table 306{ 307 struct elf_link_hash_table root; 308#if 0 309 /* We no longer use this. */ 310 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */ 311 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES]; 312#endif 313 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */ 314 bfd_size_type procedure_count; 315 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */ 316 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size; 317 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic 318 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */ 319 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head; 320 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */ 321 bfd_vma rld_value; 322 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */ 323 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen; 324 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */ 325 bfd_boolean is_vxworks; 326 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not 327 being used. */ 328 asection *srelbss; 329 asection *sdynbss; 330 asection *srelplt; 331 asection *srelplt2; 332 asection *sgotplt; 333 asection *splt; 334 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */ 335 bfd_vma plt_header_size; 336 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */ 337 bfd_vma plt_entry_size; 338 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */ 339 bfd_vma function_stub_size; 340}; 341 342#define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \ 343 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \ 344 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \ 345 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \ 346 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \ 347 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \ 348 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \ 349 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \ 350 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \ 351 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \ 352 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \ 353 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \ 354 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \ 355 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16) 356 357/* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */ 358 359struct extsym_info 360{ 361 bfd *abfd; 362 struct bfd_link_info *info; 363 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug; 364 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; 365 bfd_boolean failed; 366}; 367 368/* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */ 369 370static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] = 371{ 372 "_procedure_table", 373 "_procedure_string_table", 374 "_procedure_table_size", 375 NULL 376}; 377 378/* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on 379 IRIX5. */ 380 381typedef struct 382{ 383 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */ 384 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */ 385 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */ 386 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */ 387 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */ 388 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */ 389} Elf32_compact_rel; 390 391typedef struct 392{ 393 bfd_byte id1[4]; 394 bfd_byte num[4]; 395 bfd_byte id2[4]; 396 bfd_byte offset[4]; 397 bfd_byte reserved0[4]; 398 bfd_byte reserved1[4]; 399} Elf32_External_compact_rel; 400 401typedef struct 402{ 403 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */ 404 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */ 405 unsigned int dist2to : 8; 406 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */ 407 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */ 408 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */ 409} Elf32_crinfo; 410 411typedef struct 412{ 413 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */ 414 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */ 415 unsigned int dist2to : 8; 416 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */ 417 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */ 418} Elf32_crinfo2; 419 420typedef struct 421{ 422 bfd_byte info[4]; 423 bfd_byte konst[4]; 424 bfd_byte vaddr[4]; 425} Elf32_External_crinfo; 426 427typedef struct 428{ 429 bfd_byte info[4]; 430 bfd_byte konst[4]; 431} Elf32_External_crinfo2; 432 433/* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */ 434 435#define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1) 436#define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31) 437#define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf) 438#define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27) 439#define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff) 440#define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19) 441#define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff) 442#define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0) 443 444/* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words) 445 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr 446 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */ 447#define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1 448#define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0 449 450/* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST 451 has different meaning for each type: 452 453 (type) (konst) 454 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data 455 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX) 456 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr 457 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump 458 */ 459 460#define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa 461#define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb 462#define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc 463#define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd 464 465#define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format)) 466#define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type)) 467#define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v)) 468#define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2) 469 470/* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the 471 loader for use by the static exception system. */ 472 473typedef struct runtime_pdr { 474 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */ 475 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */ 476 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */ 477 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */ 478 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */ 479 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */ 480 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */ 481 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */ 482 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */ 483 long reserved; 484 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */ 485} RPDR, *pRPDR; 486#define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR) 487#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0) 488 489static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry 490 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, 491 bfd_vma, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int); 492static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f 493 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *); 494static bfd_vma mips_elf_high 495 (bfd_vma); 496static bfd_boolean mips16_stub_section_p 497 (bfd *, asection *); 498static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation 499 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, 500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma, 501 bfd_vma *, asection *); 502static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash 503 (const void *); 504static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp 505 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *); 506static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd 507 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *); 508 509/* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */ 510static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd; 511 512/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */ 513#define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \ 514 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0) 515 516/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */ 517#define ABI_64_P(abfd) \ 518 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64) 519 520/* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */ 521#define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd)) 522 523/* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */ 524#define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \ 525 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd)) 526 527/* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */ 528#define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \ 529 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none) 530 531/* The name of the options section. */ 532#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \ 533 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options") 534 535/* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section. 536 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */ 537#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \ 538 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0) 539 540/* Whether the section is readonly. */ 541#define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \ 542 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \ 543 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) 544 545/* The name of the stub section. */ 546#define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs" 547 548/* The size of an external REL relocation. */ 549#define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \ 550 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel) 551 552/* The size of an external RELA relocation. */ 553#define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \ 554 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela) 555 556/* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */ 557#define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \ 558 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn) 559 560/* The size of the rld_map pointer. */ 561#define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \ 562 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8) 563 564/* The size of a GOT entry. */ 565#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \ 566 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8) 567 568/* The size of a symbol-table entry. */ 569#define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \ 570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym) 571 572/* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */ 573#define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \ 574 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align) 575 576/* Get word-sized data. */ 577#define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \ 578 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr)) 579 580/* Put out word-sized data. */ 581#define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \ 582 (ABI_64_P (abfd) \ 583 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \ 584 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr)) 585 586/* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */ 587#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \ 588 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val) 589 590#define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \ 591 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela)) 592 593/* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL 594 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are 595 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and 596 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is 597 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external 598 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if 599 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first 600 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second 601 section, that is RELA. */ 602#define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \ 603 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \ 604 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \ 605 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \ 606 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \ 607 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \ 608 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))) 609 610/* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */ 611#define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \ 612 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn") 613 614/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value 615 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */ 616#define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1) 617#define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2) 618 619/* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */ 620#define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \ 621 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2) 622 623/* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */ 624#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \ 625 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0) 626 627/* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit 628 offsets from $gp. */ 629#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff) 630 631/* Instructions which appear in a stub. */ 632#define STUB_LW(abfd) \ 633 ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \ 634 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \ 635 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */ 636#define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \ 637 ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \ 638 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \ 639 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */ 640#define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */ 641#define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */ 642#define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */ 643#define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */ 644#define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \ 645 ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \ 646 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \ 647 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ 648 649#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16 650#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20 651 652/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp 653 section. */ 654 655#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \ 656 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \ 657 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \ 658 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1") 659 660#ifdef BFD64 661#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \ 662 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)) 663#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \ 664 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i)) 665#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \ 666 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i)) 667#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \ 668 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t)) 669#else 670#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos) 671#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \ 672 (ELF32_R_SYM (i)) 673#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \ 674 (ELF32_R_TYPE (i)) 675#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \ 676 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t)) 677#endif 678 679 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle 680 floating point arguments. 681 682 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that 683 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and 684 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the 685 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit 686 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to 687 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because 688 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub, 689 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function. 690 691 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs 692 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp 693 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function, 694 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected 695 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the 696 stub should be discarded. 697 698 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs 699 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs 700 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while 701 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs 702 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not 703 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because 704 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both 705 $f0/$f1 and $2/$3.) 706 707 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically. 708 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation 709 information will indicate which symbol the section is for. 710 711 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */ 712 713#define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn." 714#define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call." 715#define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp." 716 717#define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB) 718#define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB) 719#define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB) 720 721/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */ 722static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] = { 723 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */ 724 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */ 725 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */ 726 0x00000000, /* nop */ 727 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */ 728 0x00000000 /* nop */ 729}; 730 731/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */ 732static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] = { 733 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */ 734 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */ 735 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */ 736 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */ 737 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */ 738 0x00000000, /* nop */ 739 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */ 740 0x00000000 /* nop */ 741}; 742 743/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */ 744static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] = { 745 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */ 746 0x00000000, /* nop */ 747 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */ 748 0x00000000, /* nop */ 749 0x00000000, /* nop */ 750 0x00000000 /* nop */ 751}; 752 753/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */ 754static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] = { 755 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */ 756 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */ 757}; 758 759/* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ 760 761#define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \ 762 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \ 763 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \ 764 (copy), (follow))) 765 766/* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ 767 768#define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \ 769 (elf_link_hash_traverse \ 770 (&(table)->root, \ 771 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \ 772 (info))) 773 774/* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ 775 776#define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \ 777 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) 778 779/* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object, 780 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */ 781 782#define TP_OFFSET 0x7000 783#define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000 784 785static bfd_vma 786dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) 787{ 788 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ 789 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) 790 return 0; 791 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 792} 793 794static bfd_vma 795tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) 796{ 797 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ 798 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) 799 return 0; 800 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; 801} 802 803/* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ 804 805static struct bfd_hash_entry * 806mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, 807 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string) 808{ 809 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret = 810 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; 811 812 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a 813 subclass. */ 814 if (ret == NULL) 815 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry)); 816 if (ret == NULL) 817 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; 818 819 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ 820 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) 821 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, 822 table, string)); 823 if (ret != NULL) 824 { 825 /* Set local fields. */ 826 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR)); 827 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has 828 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */ 829 ret->esym.ifd = -2; 830 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0; 831 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE; 832 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE; 833 ret->fn_stub = NULL; 834 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE; 835 ret->call_stub = NULL; 836 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL; 837 ret->forced_local = FALSE; 838 ret->is_branch_target = FALSE; 839 ret->is_relocation_target = FALSE; 840 ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; 841 } 842 843 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; 844} 845 846bfd_boolean 847_bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 848{ 849 if (!sec->used_by_bfd) 850 { 851 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata; 852 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata); 853 854 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 855 if (sdata == NULL) 856 return FALSE; 857 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; 858 } 859 860 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); 861} 862 863/* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a 864 ecoff_debug_info structure. */ 865 866bfd_boolean 867_bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section, 868 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug) 869{ 870 HDRR *symhdr; 871 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; 872 char *ext_hdr; 873 874 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; 875 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug)); 876 877 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size); 878 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0) 879 goto error_return; 880 881 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0, 882 swap->external_hdr_size)) 883 goto error_return; 884 885 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header; 886 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr); 887 888 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to 889 read. */ 890#define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \ 891 if (symhdr->count == 0) \ 892 debug->ptr = NULL; \ 893 else \ 894 { \ 895 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \ 896 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \ 897 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \ 898 goto error_return; \ 899 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \ 900 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \ 901 goto error_return; \ 902 } 903 904 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *); 905 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *); 906 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *); 907 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *); 908 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *); 909 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext), 910 union aux_ext *); 911 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *); 912 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *); 913 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *); 914 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *); 915 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *); 916#undef READ 917 918 debug->fdr = NULL; 919 920 return TRUE; 921 922 error_return: 923 if (ext_hdr != NULL) 924 free (ext_hdr); 925 if (debug->line != NULL) 926 free (debug->line); 927 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL) 928 free (debug->external_dnr); 929 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL) 930 free (debug->external_pdr); 931 if (debug->external_sym != NULL) 932 free (debug->external_sym); 933 if (debug->external_opt != NULL) 934 free (debug->external_opt); 935 if (debug->external_aux != NULL) 936 free (debug->external_aux); 937 if (debug->ss != NULL) 938 free (debug->ss); 939 if (debug->ssext != NULL) 940 free (debug->ssext); 941 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL) 942 free (debug->external_fdr); 943 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL) 944 free (debug->external_rfd); 945 if (debug->external_ext != NULL) 946 free (debug->external_ext); 947 return FALSE; 948} 949 950/* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */ 951 952static void 953ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex) 954{ 955 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr); 956 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask); 957 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset); 958 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask); 959 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset); 960 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset); 961 962 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg); 963 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg); 964 965 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss); 966} 967 968/* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */ 969 970static bfd_boolean 971mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd, 972 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s, 973 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug) 974{ 975 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; 976 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header; 977 RPDR *rpdr, *rp; 978 struct rpdr_ext *erp; 979 void *rtproc; 980 struct pdr_ext *epdr; 981 struct sym_ext *esym; 982 char *ss, **sv; 983 char *str; 984 bfd_size_type size; 985 bfd_size_type count; 986 unsigned long sindex; 987 unsigned long i; 988 PDR pdr; 989 SYMR sym; 990 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)"); 991 992 epdr = NULL; 993 rpdr = NULL; 994 esym = NULL; 995 ss = NULL; 996 sv = NULL; 997 998 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; 999 1000 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1; 1001 count = hdr->ipdMax; 1002 if (count > 0) 1003 { 1004 size = swap->external_pdr_size; 1005 1006 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count); 1007 if (epdr == NULL) 1008 goto error_return; 1009 1010 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr)) 1011 goto error_return; 1012 1013 size = sizeof (RPDR); 1014 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count); 1015 if (rpdr == NULL) 1016 goto error_return; 1017 1018 size = sizeof (char *); 1019 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count); 1020 if (sv == NULL) 1021 goto error_return; 1022 1023 count = hdr->isymMax; 1024 size = swap->external_sym_size; 1025 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count); 1026 if (esym == NULL) 1027 goto error_return; 1028 1029 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym)) 1030 goto error_return; 1031 1032 count = hdr->issMax; 1033 ss = bfd_malloc (count); 1034 if (ss == NULL) 1035 goto error_return; 1036 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss)) 1037 goto error_return; 1038 1039 count = hdr->ipdMax; 1040 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++) 1041 { 1042 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr); 1043 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym); 1044 rp->adr = sym.value; 1045 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask; 1046 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset; 1047 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask; 1048 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset; 1049 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset; 1050 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg; 1051 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg; 1052 rp->irpss = sindex; 1053 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss; 1054 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1; 1055 } 1056 } 1057 1058 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex; 1059 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16); 1060 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size); 1061 if (rtproc == NULL) 1062 { 1063 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0; 1064 goto error_return; 1065 } 1066 1067 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2; 1068 1069 erp = rtproc; 1070 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext)); 1071 erp++; 1072 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2); 1073 strcpy (str, no_name_func); 1074 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1; 1075 for (i = 0; i < count; i++) 1076 { 1077 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i); 1078 strcpy (str, sv[i]); 1079 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1; 1080 } 1081 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr); 1082 1083 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */ 1084 s->size = size; 1085 s->contents = rtproc; 1086 1087 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently 1088 matters, but someday it might). */ 1089 s->map_head.link_order = NULL; 1090 1091 if (epdr != NULL) 1092 free (epdr); 1093 if (rpdr != NULL) 1094 free (rpdr); 1095 if (esym != NULL) 1096 free (esym); 1097 if (ss != NULL) 1098 free (ss); 1099 if (sv != NULL) 1100 free (sv); 1101 1102 return TRUE; 1103 1104 error_return: 1105 if (epdr != NULL) 1106 free (epdr); 1107 if (rpdr != NULL) 1108 free (rpdr); 1109 if (esym != NULL) 1110 free (esym); 1111 if (ss != NULL) 1112 free (ss); 1113 if (sv != NULL) 1114 free (sv); 1115 return FALSE; 1116} 1117 1118/* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can 1119 discard them. */ 1120 1121static bfd_boolean 1122mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, 1123 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1124{ 1125 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 1126 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 1127 1128 if (h->fn_stub != NULL 1129 && ! h->need_fn_stub) 1130 { 1131 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol 1132 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from 1133 being included in the link. */ 1134 h->fn_stub->size = 0; 1135 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; 1136 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0; 1137 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 1138 } 1139 1140 if (h->call_stub != NULL 1141 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16) 1142 { 1143 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so 1144 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size 1145 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */ 1146 h->call_stub->size = 0; 1147 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; 1148 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0; 1149 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 1150 } 1151 1152 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL 1153 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16) 1154 { 1155 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so 1156 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size 1157 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */ 1158 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0; 1159 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; 1160 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0; 1161 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 1162 } 1163 1164 return TRUE; 1165} 1166 1167/* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions. 1168 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions 1169 are 32 bits. 1170 1171 The format of these instructions is: 1172 1173 +--------------+--------------------------------+ 1174 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 | 1175 +--------------+--------------------------------+ 1176 | Immediate 15:0 | 1177 +-----------------------------------------------+ 1178 1179 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx. 1180 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped. 1181 1182 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is 1183 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is 1184 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction. 1185 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a 1186 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is 1187 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2 1188 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a 1189 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian 1190 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped. 1191 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal 1192 instruction. 1193 1194 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit 1195 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the 1196 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as 1197 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the 1198 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the 1199 value as two 16-bit values. 1200 1201 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16, 1202 defined as 1203 1204 big-endian: 1205 +--------+----------------------+ 1206 | | | 1207 | | targ26-16 | 1208 |31 26|25 0| 1209 +--------+----------------------+ 1210 1211 little-endian: 1212 +----------+------+-------------+ 1213 | | | | 1214 | sub1 | | sub2 | 1215 |0 9|10 15|16 31| 1216 +----------+--------------------+ 1217 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is 1218 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)). 1219 1220 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is 1221 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2) 1222 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is 1223 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2) 1224 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) 1225 1226 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16 1227 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this: 1228 1229 +--------------+--------------------------------+ 1230 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 | 1231 +--------------+--------------------------------+ 1232 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 | 1233 +--------------+--------------------------------+ 1234 1235 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction 1236 opcode. 1237 1238 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the 1239 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that 1240 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field. 1241 1242 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As 1243 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a 1244 little-endian system. 1245 1246 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to 1247 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing 1248 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16, 1249 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above 1250 for R_MIPS16_GPREL. 1251 */ 1252void 1253_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type, 1254 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data) 1255{ 1256 bfd_vma extend, insn, val; 1257 1258 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL 1259 && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16) 1260 return; 1261 1262 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */ 1263 extend = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data); 1264 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2); 1265 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26) 1266 { 1267 if (jal_shuffle) 1268 val = ((extend & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend & 0x3e0) << 11) 1269 | ((extend & 0x1f) << 21) | insn; 1270 else 1271 val = extend << 16 | insn; 1272 } 1273 else 1274 val = ((extend & 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn & 0xffe0) << 11) 1275 | ((extend & 0x1f) << 11) | (extend & 0x7e0) | (insn & 0x1f); 1276 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data); 1277} 1278 1279void 1280_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type, 1281 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data) 1282{ 1283 bfd_vma extend, insn, val; 1284 1285 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL 1286 && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16) 1287 return; 1288 1289 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data); 1290 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26) 1291 { 1292 if (jal_shuffle) 1293 { 1294 insn = val & 0xffff; 1295 extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0) 1296 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f); 1297 } 1298 else 1299 { 1300 insn = val & 0xffff; 1301 extend = val >> 16; 1302 } 1303 } 1304 else 1305 { 1306 insn = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f); 1307 extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0); 1308 } 1309 bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, data + 2); 1310 bfd_put_16 (abfd, extend, data); 1311} 1312 1313bfd_reloc_status_type 1314_bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol, 1315 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section, 1316 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp) 1317{ 1318 bfd_vma relocation; 1319 bfd_signed_vma val; 1320 bfd_reloc_status_type status; 1321 1322 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) 1323 relocation = 0; 1324 else 1325 relocation = symbol->value; 1326 1327 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma; 1328 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset; 1329 1330 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) 1331 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 1332 1333 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */ 1334 val = reloc_entry->addend; 1335 1336 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16); 1337 1338 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we 1339 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for 1340 an external symbol. */ 1341 if (! relocatable 1342 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0) 1343 val += relocation - gp; 1344 1345 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace) 1346 { 1347 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val, 1348 (bfd_byte *) data 1349 + reloc_entry->address); 1350 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok) 1351 return status; 1352 } 1353 else 1354 reloc_entry->addend = val; 1355 1356 if (relocatable) 1357 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; 1358 1359 return bfd_reloc_ok; 1360} 1361 1362/* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or 1363 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section 1364 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of 1365 INPUT_SECTION. */ 1366 1367struct mips_hi16 1368{ 1369 struct mips_hi16 *next; 1370 bfd_byte *data; 1371 asection *input_section; 1372 arelent rel; 1373}; 1374 1375/* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */ 1376 1377static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list; 1378 1379/* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only 1380 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering 1381 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later. 1382 1383 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16. 1384 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of 1385 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly 1386 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */ 1387 1388bfd_reloc_status_type 1389_bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry, 1390 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data, 1391 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd, 1392 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1393{ 1394 struct mips_hi16 *n; 1395 1396 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) 1397 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 1398 1399 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n); 1400 if (n == NULL) 1401 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 1402 1403 n->next = mips_hi16_list; 1404 n->data = data; 1405 n->input_section = input_section; 1406 n->rel = *reloc_entry; 1407 mips_hi16_list = n; 1408 1409 if (output_bfd != NULL) 1410 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; 1411 1412 return bfd_reloc_ok; 1413} 1414 1415/* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just 1416 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is 1417 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */ 1418 1419bfd_reloc_status_type 1420_bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, 1421 void *data, asection *input_section, 1422 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) 1423{ 1424 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0 1425 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)) 1426 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))) 1427 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */ 1428 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, 1429 input_section, output_bfd, 1430 error_message); 1431 1432 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, 1433 input_section, output_bfd, error_message); 1434} 1435 1436/* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself 1437 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with 1438 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */ 1439 1440bfd_reloc_status_type 1441_bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, 1442 void *data, asection *input_section, 1443 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) 1444{ 1445 bfd_vma vallo; 1446 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address; 1447 1448 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) 1449 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 1450 1451 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, 1452 location); 1453 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location); 1454 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, 1455 location); 1456 1457 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL) 1458 { 1459 bfd_reloc_status_type ret; 1460 struct mips_hi16 *hi; 1461 1462 hi = mips_hi16_list; 1463 1464 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We 1465 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16 1466 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16 1467 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto 1468 has a rightshift of 0. */ 1469 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16) 1470 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE); 1471 1472 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any 1473 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */ 1474 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff; 1475 1476 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data, 1477 hi->input_section, output_bfd, 1478 error_message); 1479 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok) 1480 return ret; 1481 1482 mips_hi16_list = hi->next; 1483 free (hi); 1484 } 1485 1486 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, 1487 input_section, output_bfd, 1488 error_message); 1489} 1490 1491/* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the 1492 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in 1493 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */ 1494 1495bfd_reloc_status_type 1496_bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry, 1497 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1498 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd, 1499 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1500{ 1501 bfd_signed_vma val; 1502 bfd_reloc_status_type status; 1503 bfd_boolean relocatable; 1504 1505 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL); 1506 1507 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) 1508 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 1509 1510 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */ 1511 val = 0; 1512 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0) 1513 { 1514 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a 1515 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's 1516 offset or address. */ 1517 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma; 1518 val += symbol->section->output_offset; 1519 } 1520 1521 if (!relocatable) 1522 { 1523 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value 1524 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */ 1525 val += symbol->value; 1526 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative) 1527 { 1528 val -= input_section->output_section->vma; 1529 val -= input_section->output_offset; 1530 val -= reloc_entry->address; 1531 } 1532 } 1533 1534 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation 1535 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend, 1536 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add 1537 VAL to the relocation field itself. */ 1538 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace) 1539 reloc_entry->addend += val; 1540 else 1541 { 1542 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address; 1543 1544 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */ 1545 val += reloc_entry->addend; 1546 1547 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */ 1548 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, 1549 location); 1550 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val, 1551 location); 1552 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, 1553 location); 1554 1555 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok) 1556 return status; 1557 } 1558 1559 if (relocatable) 1560 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; 1561 1562 return bfd_reloc_ok; 1563} 1564 1565/* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely 1566 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */ 1567 1568static void 1569bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex, 1570 Elf32_gptab *in) 1571{ 1572 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value); 1573 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes); 1574} 1575 1576static void 1577bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in, 1578 Elf32_External_gptab *ex) 1579{ 1580 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value); 1581 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes); 1582} 1583 1584static void 1585bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in, 1586 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex) 1587{ 1588 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1); 1589 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num); 1590 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2); 1591 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset); 1592 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0); 1593 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1); 1594} 1595 1596static void 1597bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in, 1598 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex) 1599{ 1600 unsigned long l; 1601 1602 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH) 1603 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH) 1604 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH) 1605 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH)); 1606 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info); 1607 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst); 1608 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr); 1609} 1610 1611/* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These 1612 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of 1613 BFD, so they are globally visible. */ 1614 1615void 1616bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex, 1617 Elf32_RegInfo *in) 1618{ 1619 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask); 1620 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]); 1621 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]); 1622 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]); 1623 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]); 1624 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value); 1625} 1626 1627void 1628bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in, 1629 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex) 1630{ 1631 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask); 1632 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]); 1633 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]); 1634 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]); 1635 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]); 1636 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value); 1637} 1638 1639/* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register 1640 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap 1641 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used 1642 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them 1643 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */ 1644 1645void 1646bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex, 1647 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in) 1648{ 1649 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask); 1650 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad); 1651 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]); 1652 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]); 1653 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]); 1654 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]); 1655 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value); 1656} 1657 1658void 1659bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in, 1660 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex) 1661{ 1662 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask); 1663 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad); 1664 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]); 1665 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]); 1666 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]); 1667 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]); 1668 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value); 1669} 1670 1671/* Swap in an options header. */ 1672 1673void 1674bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex, 1675 Elf_Internal_Options *in) 1676{ 1677 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind); 1678 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size); 1679 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section); 1680 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info); 1681} 1682 1683/* Swap out an options header. */ 1684 1685void 1686bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in, 1687 Elf_External_Options *ex) 1688{ 1689 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind); 1690 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size); 1691 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section); 1692 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info); 1693} 1694 1695/* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation 1696 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */ 1697 1698static int 1699sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) 1700{ 1701 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1; 1702 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2; 1703 int diff; 1704 1705 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1); 1706 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2); 1707 1708 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info); 1709 if (diff != 0) 1710 return diff; 1711 1712 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset) 1713 return -1; 1714 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset) 1715 return 1; 1716 return 0; 1717} 1718 1719/* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */ 1720 1721static int 1722sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1723 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1724{ 1725#ifdef BFD64 1726 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3]; 1727 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3]; 1728 1729 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in) 1730 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1); 1731 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in) 1732 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2); 1733 1734 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info)) 1735 return -1; 1736 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info)) 1737 return 1; 1738 1739 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset) 1740 return -1; 1741 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset) 1742 return 1; 1743 return 0; 1744#else 1745 abort (); 1746#endif 1747} 1748 1749 1750/* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol 1751 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The 1752 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external 1753 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know 1754 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two 1755 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external 1756 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug 1757 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we 1758 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are 1759 required by relocation until we relocate the sections. 1760 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be 1761 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen 1762 when generating a final executable. */ 1763 1764static bfd_boolean 1765mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data) 1766{ 1767 struct extsym_info *einfo = data; 1768 bfd_boolean strip; 1769 asection *sec, *output_section; 1770 1771 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 1772 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 1773 1774 if (h->root.indx == -2) 1775 strip = FALSE; 1776 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic 1777 || h->root.ref_dynamic 1778 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 1779 && !h->root.def_regular 1780 && !h->root.ref_regular) 1781 strip = TRUE; 1782 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all 1783 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some 1784 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash, 1785 h->root.root.root.string, 1786 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL)) 1787 strip = TRUE; 1788 else 1789 strip = FALSE; 1790 1791 if (strip) 1792 return TRUE; 1793 1794 if (h->esym.ifd == -2) 1795 { 1796 h->esym.jmptbl = 0; 1797 h->esym.cobol_main = 0; 1798 h->esym.weakext = 0; 1799 h->esym.reserved = 0; 1800 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil; 1801 h->esym.asym.value = 0; 1802 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal; 1803 1804 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 1805 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 1806 { 1807 const char *name; 1808 1809 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some 1810 special symbols. */ 1811 name = h->root.root.root.string; 1812 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0 1813 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0) 1814 { 1815 h->esym.asym.sc = scData; 1816 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; 1817 h->esym.asym.value = 0; 1818 } 1819 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0) 1820 { 1821 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; 1822 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; 1823 h->esym.asym.value = 1824 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count; 1825 } 1826 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd)) 1827 { 1828 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; 1829 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; 1830 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd); 1831 } 1832 else 1833 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined; 1834 } 1835 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined 1836 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) 1837 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; 1838 else 1839 { 1840 const char *name; 1841 1842 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; 1843 output_section = sec->output_section; 1844 1845 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from 1846 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */ 1847 if (output_section == NULL) 1848 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined; 1849 else 1850 { 1851 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section); 1852 1853 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0) 1854 h->esym.asym.sc = scText; 1855 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0) 1856 h->esym.asym.sc = scData; 1857 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0) 1858 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData; 1859 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0 1860 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0) 1861 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData; 1862 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0) 1863 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss; 1864 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 1865 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss; 1866 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0) 1867 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit; 1868 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0) 1869 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini; 1870 else 1871 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; 1872 } 1873 } 1874 1875 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0; 1876 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil; 1877 } 1878 1879 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common) 1880 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size; 1881 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 1882 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 1883 { 1884 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon) 1885 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss; 1886 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon) 1887 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss; 1888 1889 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; 1890 output_section = sec->output_section; 1891 if (output_section != NULL) 1892 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value 1893 + sec->output_offset 1894 + output_section->vma); 1895 else 1896 h->esym.asym.value = 0; 1897 } 1898 else if (h->root.needs_plt) 1899 { 1900 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h; 1901 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub; 1902 1903 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) 1904 { 1905 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link; 1906 no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub; 1907 } 1908 1909 if (!no_fn_stub) 1910 { 1911 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */ 1912 h->esym.asym.st = stProc; 1913 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section; 1914 if (sec == NULL) 1915 h->esym.asym.value = 0; 1916 else 1917 { 1918 output_section = sec->output_section; 1919 if (output_section != NULL) 1920 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset 1921 + sec->output_offset 1922 + output_section->vma); 1923 else 1924 h->esym.asym.value = 0; 1925 } 1926 } 1927 } 1928 1929 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap, 1930 h->root.root.root.string, 1931 &h->esym)) 1932 { 1933 einfo->failed = TRUE; 1934 return FALSE; 1935 } 1936 1937 return TRUE; 1938} 1939 1940/* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */ 1941 1942static int 1943gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2) 1944{ 1945 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1; 1946 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2; 1947 1948 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value; 1949} 1950 1951/* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */ 1952 1953/* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit 1954 hash number. */ 1955 1956static INLINE hashval_t 1957mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr) 1958{ 1959#ifdef BFD64 1960 return addr + (addr >> 32); 1961#else 1962 return addr; 1963#endif 1964} 1965 1966/* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so 1967 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate 1968 union members. */ 1969 1970static hashval_t 1971mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_) 1972{ 1973 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_; 1974 1975 return entry->symndx 1976 + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17) 1977 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address) 1978 : entry->abfd->id 1979 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend) 1980 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash)); 1981} 1982 1983static int 1984mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2) 1985{ 1986 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1; 1987 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2; 1988 1989 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */ 1990 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM) 1991 return 0; 1992 1993 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx 1994 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address 1995 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend 1996 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h); 1997} 1998 1999/* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects, 2000 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the 2001 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted 2002 accordingly. */ 2003 2004static hashval_t 2005mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_) 2006{ 2007 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_; 2008 2009 return entry->symndx 2010 + (! entry->abfd 2011 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address) 2012 : entry->symndx >= 0 2013 ? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) 2014 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17) 2015 : (entry->abfd->id 2016 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))) 2017 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash); 2018} 2019 2020static int 2021mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2) 2022{ 2023 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1; 2024 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2; 2025 2026 /* Any two LDM entries match. */ 2027 if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) 2028 return 1; 2029 2030 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */ 2031 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM) 2032 return 0; 2033 2034 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx 2035 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend 2036 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL 2037 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address 2038 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h); 2039} 2040 2041/* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to 2042 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL 2043 if creation fails. */ 2044 2045static asection * 2046mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p) 2047{ 2048 const char *dname; 2049 asection *sreloc; 2050 bfd *dynobj; 2051 2052 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info); 2053 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 2054 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname); 2055 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p) 2056 { 2057 sreloc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, dname, 2058 (SEC_ALLOC 2059 | SEC_LOAD 2060 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2061 | SEC_IN_MEMORY 2062 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED 2063 | SEC_READONLY)); 2064 if (sreloc == NULL 2065 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc, 2066 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj))) 2067 return NULL; 2068 } 2069 return sreloc; 2070} 2071 2072/* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */ 2073 2074static asection * 2075mips_elf_got_section (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded) 2076{ 2077 asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got"); 2078 if (sgot == NULL 2079 || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)) 2080 return NULL; 2081 return sgot; 2082} 2083 2084/* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by 2085 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT 2086 section. */ 2087 2088static struct mips_got_info * 2089mips_elf_got_info (bfd *abfd, asection **sgotp) 2090{ 2091 asection *sgot; 2092 struct mips_got_info *g; 2093 2094 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE); 2095 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); 2096 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); 2097 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; 2098 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 2099 2100 if (sgotp) 2101 *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL; 2102 2103 return g; 2104} 2105 2106/* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with 2107 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H 2108 is NULL). */ 2109 2110static int 2111mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type, 2112 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 2113{ 2114 int indx = 0; 2115 int ret = 0; 2116 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE; 2117 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created; 2118 2119 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h) 2120 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))) 2121 indx = h->dynindx; 2122 2123 if ((info->shared || indx != 0) 2124 && (h == NULL 2125 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT 2126 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) 2127 need_relocs = TRUE; 2128 2129 if (!need_relocs) 2130 return FALSE; 2131 2132 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) 2133 { 2134 ret++; 2135 if (indx != 0) 2136 ret++; 2137 } 2138 2139 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) 2140 ret++; 2141 2142 if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared) 2143 ret++; 2144 2145 return ret; 2146} 2147 2148/* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in 2149 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */ 2150 2151static int 2152mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2) 2153{ 2154 struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1; 2155 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2; 2156 2157 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1) 2158 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL); 2159 2160 return 1; 2161} 2162 2163/* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or 2164 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */ 2165 2166static int 2167mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2) 2168{ 2169 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm 2170 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1; 2171 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2; 2172 2173 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) 2174 arg->needed += 2; 2175 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) 2176 arg->needed += 1; 2177 2178 return 1; 2179} 2180 2181/* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or 2182 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */ 2183 2184static int 2185mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2) 2186{ 2187 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm 2188 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1; 2189 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2; 2190 2191 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root); 2192 2193 return 1; 2194} 2195 2196/* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */ 2197 2198static void 2199mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd, 2200 asection *sreloc, 2201 unsigned long indx, 2202 int r_type, 2203 bfd_vma offset) 2204{ 2205 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3]; 2206 2207 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel)); 2208 2209 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type); 2210 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset; 2211 2212 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) 2213 { 2214 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out) 2215 (output_bfd, &rel[0], 2216 (sreloc->contents 2217 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel))); 2218 } 2219 else 2220 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out 2221 (output_bfd, &rel[0], 2222 (sreloc->contents 2223 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))); 2224 ++sreloc->reloc_count; 2225} 2226 2227/* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */ 2228 2229static void 2230mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset, 2231 unsigned char *tls_type_p, 2232 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2233 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, 2234 bfd_vma value) 2235{ 2236 int indx; 2237 asection *sreloc, *sgot; 2238 bfd_vma offset, offset2; 2239 bfd *dynobj; 2240 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE; 2241 2242 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 2243 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); 2244 2245 indx = 0; 2246 if (h != NULL) 2247 { 2248 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created; 2249 2250 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root) 2251 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))) 2252 indx = h->root.dynindx; 2253 } 2254 2255 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE) 2256 return; 2257 2258 if ((info->shared || indx != 0) 2259 && (h == NULL 2260 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT 2261 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) 2262 need_relocs = TRUE; 2263 2264 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not 2265 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that 2266 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */ 2267 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs) 2268 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak); 2269 2270 /* Emit necessary relocations. */ 2271 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 2272 2273 /* General Dynamic. */ 2274 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD) 2275 { 2276 offset = got_offset; 2277 offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); 2278 2279 if (need_relocs) 2280 { 2281 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation 2282 (abfd, sreloc, indx, 2283 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32, 2284 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset); 2285 2286 if (indx) 2287 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation 2288 (abfd, sreloc, indx, 2289 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32, 2290 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2); 2291 else 2292 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info), 2293 sgot->contents + offset2); 2294 } 2295 else 2296 { 2297 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1, 2298 sgot->contents + offset); 2299 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info), 2300 sgot->contents + offset2); 2301 } 2302 2303 got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); 2304 } 2305 2306 /* Initial Exec model. */ 2307 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE) 2308 { 2309 offset = got_offset; 2310 2311 if (need_relocs) 2312 { 2313 if (indx == 0) 2314 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma, 2315 sgot->contents + offset); 2316 else 2317 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0, 2318 sgot->contents + offset); 2319 2320 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation 2321 (abfd, sreloc, indx, 2322 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32, 2323 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset); 2324 } 2325 else 2326 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info), 2327 sgot->contents + offset); 2328 } 2329 2330 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM) 2331 { 2332 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the 2333 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */ 2334 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0, 2335 sgot->contents + got_offset 2336 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)); 2337 2338 if (!info->shared) 2339 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1, 2340 sgot->contents + got_offset); 2341 else 2342 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation 2343 (abfd, sreloc, indx, 2344 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32, 2345 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset); 2346 } 2347 2348 *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE; 2349} 2350 2351/* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against 2352 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this 2353 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the 2354 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */ 2355 2356static bfd_vma 2357mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type, 2358 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info, 2359 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol) 2360{ 2361 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD 2362 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM); 2363 2364 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol); 2365 2366 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL) 2367 { 2368 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE); 2369 if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) 2370 return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); 2371 else 2372 return got_index; 2373 } 2374 2375 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD) 2376 { 2377 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD); 2378 return got_index; 2379 } 2380 2381 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM) 2382 { 2383 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM); 2384 return got_index; 2385 } 2386 2387 return got_index; 2388} 2389 2390/* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry 2391 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset 2392 will be negative. */ 2393 2394static bfd_vma 2395mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, 2396 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 2397{ 2398 bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value; 2399 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2400 2401 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 2402 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1); 2403 2404 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */ 2405 plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size; 2406 2407 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */ 2408 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma 2409 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset 2410 + plt_index * 4); 2411 2412 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 2413 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma 2414 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset 2415 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value); 2416 2417 return got_address - got_value; 2418} 2419 2420/* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT 2421 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, 2422 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT 2423 offset can be found. */ 2424 2425static bfd_vma 2426mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 2427 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx, 2428 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type) 2429{ 2430 asection *sgot; 2431 struct mips_got_info *g; 2432 struct mips_got_entry *entry; 2433 2434 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot); 2435 2436 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot, 2437 value, r_symndx, h, r_type); 2438 if (!entry) 2439 return MINUS_ONE; 2440 2441 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) 2442 { 2443 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL) 2444 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's 2445 hash table entry to track the index. */ 2446 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type, 2447 r_type, info, h, value); 2448 else 2449 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type, 2450 r_type, info, h, value); 2451 } 2452 else 2453 return entry->gotidx; 2454} 2455 2456/* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */ 2457 2458static bfd_vma 2459mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 2460 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2461{ 2462 bfd_vma index; 2463 asection *sgot; 2464 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg; 2465 long global_got_dynindx = 0; 2466 2467 gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot); 2468 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd) 2469 { 2470 struct mips_got_entry e, *p; 2471 2472 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0); 2473 2474 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd); 2475 if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) 2476 { 2477 e.abfd = ibfd; 2478 e.symndx = -1; 2479 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h; 2480 e.tls_type = 0; 2481 2482 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e); 2483 2484 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0); 2485 2486 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) 2487 { 2488 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE; 2489 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 2490 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 2491 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section) 2492 value = (h->root.u.def.value 2493 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset 2494 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma); 2495 2496 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type, 2497 info, e.d.h, value); 2498 } 2499 else 2500 return p->gotidx; 2501 } 2502 } 2503 2504 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL) 2505 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx; 2506 2507 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) 2508 { 2509 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm 2510 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 2511 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE; 2512 2513 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 2514 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 2515 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section) 2516 value = (h->root.u.def.value 2517 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset 2518 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma); 2519 2520 index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type, 2521 r_type, info, hm, value); 2522 } 2523 else 2524 { 2525 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic 2526 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater 2527 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT 2528 offset. */ 2529 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx); 2530 index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno) 2531 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)); 2532 } 2533 BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->size); 2534 2535 return index; 2536} 2537 2538/* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These 2539 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e., 2540 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no 2541 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the 2542 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */ 2543 2544static bfd_vma 2545mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 2546 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp) 2547{ 2548 asection *sgot; 2549 struct mips_got_info *g; 2550 bfd_vma page, index; 2551 struct mips_got_entry *entry; 2552 2553 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot); 2554 2555 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff; 2556 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot, 2557 page, 0, NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE); 2558 2559 if (!entry) 2560 return MINUS_ONE; 2561 2562 index = entry->gotidx; 2563 2564 if (offsetp) 2565 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address; 2566 2567 return index; 2568} 2569 2570/* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE. 2571 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol 2572 that has been forced local. */ 2573 2574static bfd_vma 2575mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 2576 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external) 2577{ 2578 asection *sgot; 2579 struct mips_got_info *g; 2580 struct mips_got_entry *entry; 2581 2582 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16 2583 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the 2584 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the 2585 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */ 2586 if (! external) 2587 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16; 2588 2589 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot); 2590 2591 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot, 2592 value, 0, NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16); 2593 if (entry) 2594 return entry->gotidx; 2595 else 2596 return MINUS_ONE; 2597} 2598 2599/* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position 2600 in the GOT. */ 2601 2602static bfd_vma 2603mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd *dynobj, bfd *output_bfd, 2604 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index) 2605{ 2606 asection *sgot; 2607 bfd_vma gp; 2608 struct mips_got_info *g; 2609 2610 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot); 2611 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd) 2612 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd); 2613 2614 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp; 2615} 2616 2617/* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated 2618 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not 2619 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry 2620 instead. */ 2621 2622static struct mips_got_entry * 2623mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 2624 bfd *ibfd, struct mips_got_info *gg, 2625 asection *sgot, bfd_vma value, 2626 unsigned long r_symndx, 2627 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, 2628 int r_type) 2629{ 2630 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc; 2631 struct mips_got_info *g; 2632 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2633 2634 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 2635 2636 entry.abfd = NULL; 2637 entry.symndx = -1; 2638 entry.d.address = value; 2639 entry.tls_type = 0; 2640 2641 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd); 2642 if (g == NULL) 2643 { 2644 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd); 2645 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 2646 } 2647 2648 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the 2649 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local 2650 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not 2651 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */ 2652 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->root.forced_local); 2653 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) 2654 { 2655 struct mips_got_entry *p; 2656 2657 entry.abfd = ibfd; 2658 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM) 2659 { 2660 entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM; 2661 entry.symndx = 0; 2662 entry.d.addend = 0; 2663 } 2664 else if (h == NULL) 2665 { 2666 entry.symndx = r_symndx; 2667 entry.d.addend = 0; 2668 } 2669 else 2670 entry.d.h = h; 2671 2672 p = (struct mips_got_entry *) 2673 htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry); 2674 2675 BFD_ASSERT (p); 2676 return p; 2677 } 2678 2679 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, 2680 INSERT); 2681 if (*loc) 2682 return *loc; 2683 2684 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++; 2685 entry.tls_type = 0; 2686 2687 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry); 2688 2689 if (! *loc) 2690 return NULL; 2691 2692 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry); 2693 2694 if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno) 2695 { 2696 (*loc)->gotidx = -1; 2697 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */ 2698 (*_bfd_error_handler) 2699 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries")); 2700 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 2701 return NULL; 2702 } 2703 2704 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value, 2705 (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx)); 2706 2707 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */ 2708 if (htab->is_vxworks) 2709 { 2710 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; 2711 asection *s; 2712 bfd_byte *loc; 2713 bfd_vma got_address; 2714 2715 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 2716 got_address = (sgot->output_section->vma 2717 + sgot->output_offset 2718 + entry.gotidx); 2719 2720 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 2721 outrel.r_offset = got_address; 2722 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32); 2723 outrel.r_addend = value; 2724 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc); 2725 } 2726 2727 return *loc; 2728} 2729 2730/* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries 2731 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space 2732 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols 2733 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During 2734 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the 2735 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */ 2736 2737static bfd_boolean 2738mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned long max_local) 2739{ 2740 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd; 2741 struct mips_got_info *g; 2742 bfd *dynobj; 2743 2744 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 2745 2746 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL); 2747 2748 hsd.low = NULL; 2749 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx = 2750 hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount 2751 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info 2752 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the 2753 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are 2754 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't 2755 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they 2756 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting 2757 too large offsets. */ 2758 - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0); 2759 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local; 2760 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) 2761 elf_hash_table (info)), 2762 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f, 2763 &hsd); 2764 2765 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to 2766 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */ 2767 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx); 2768 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx 2769 <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount); 2770 2771 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol 2772 table index in the GOT. */ 2773 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low; 2774 2775 return TRUE; 2776} 2777 2778/* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic 2779 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic 2780 index. */ 2781 2782static bfd_boolean 2783mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data) 2784{ 2785 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data; 2786 2787 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 2788 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 2789 2790 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting 2791 at all. */ 2792 if (h->root.dynindx == -1) 2793 return TRUE; 2794 2795 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly 2796 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are 2797 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get 2798 -1. */ 2799 if (h->root.got.offset == 2) 2800 { 2801 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL); 2802 2803 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx) 2804 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 2805 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++; 2806 } 2807 else if (h->root.got.offset != 1) 2808 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++; 2809 else 2810 { 2811 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL); 2812 2813 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx; 2814 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 2815 } 2816 2817 return TRUE; 2818} 2819 2820/* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic 2821 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for 2822 posterity. */ 2823 2824static bfd_boolean 2825mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 2826 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 2827 struct mips_got_info *g, 2828 unsigned char tls_flag) 2829{ 2830 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc; 2831 2832 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol 2833 table. */ 2834 if (h->dynindx == -1) 2835 { 2836 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)) 2837 { 2838 case STV_INTERNAL: 2839 case STV_HIDDEN: 2840 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE); 2841 break; 2842 } 2843 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) 2844 return FALSE; 2845 } 2846 2847 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */ 2848 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 2849 2850 entry.abfd = abfd; 2851 entry.symndx = -1; 2852 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 2853 entry.tls_type = 0; 2854 2855 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, 2856 INSERT); 2857 2858 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't 2859 need to do it again. */ 2860 if (*loc) 2861 { 2862 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag; 2863 return TRUE; 2864 } 2865 2866 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry); 2867 2868 if (! *loc) 2869 return FALSE; 2870 2871 entry.gotidx = -1; 2872 entry.tls_type = tls_flag; 2873 2874 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry); 2875 2876 if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE) 2877 return TRUE; 2878 2879 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that 2880 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the 2881 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */ 2882 if (tls_flag == 0) 2883 h->got.offset = 1; 2884 2885 return TRUE; 2886} 2887 2888/* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol 2889 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */ 2890 2891static bfd_boolean 2892mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend, 2893 struct mips_got_info *g, 2894 unsigned char tls_flag) 2895{ 2896 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc; 2897 2898 entry.abfd = abfd; 2899 entry.symndx = symndx; 2900 entry.d.addend = addend; 2901 entry.tls_type = tls_flag; 2902 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) 2903 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT); 2904 2905 if (*loc) 2906 { 2907 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)) 2908 { 2909 g->tls_gotno += 2; 2910 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag; 2911 } 2912 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) 2913 { 2914 g->tls_gotno += 1; 2915 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag; 2916 } 2917 return TRUE; 2918 } 2919 2920 if (tls_flag != 0) 2921 { 2922 entry.gotidx = -1; 2923 entry.tls_type = tls_flag; 2924 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE) 2925 g->tls_gotno += 1; 2926 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD) 2927 g->tls_gotno += 2; 2928 else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE) 2929 { 2930 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO; 2931 g->tls_gotno += 2; 2932 } 2933 } 2934 else 2935 { 2936 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++; 2937 entry.tls_type = 0; 2938 } 2939 2940 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry); 2941 2942 if (! *loc) 2943 return FALSE; 2944 2945 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry); 2946 2947 return TRUE; 2948} 2949 2950/* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */ 2951 2952static hashval_t 2953mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_) 2954{ 2955 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry 2956 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_; 2957 2958 return entry->bfd->id; 2959} 2960 2961/* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */ 2962 2963static int 2964mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2) 2965{ 2966 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1 2967 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1; 2968 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2 2969 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2; 2970 2971 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd; 2972} 2973 2974/* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must 2975 be the master GOT data. */ 2976 2977static struct mips_got_info * 2978mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd) 2979{ 2980 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p; 2981 2982 if (! g->bfd2got) 2983 return g; 2984 2985 e.bfd = ibfd; 2986 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e); 2987 return p ? p->g : NULL; 2988} 2989 2990/* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global 2991 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each 2992 bfd requires. */ 2993 2994static int 2995mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p) 2996{ 2997 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; 2998 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p; 2999 htab_t bfd2got = arg->bfd2got; 3000 struct mips_got_info *g; 3001 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot; 3002 void **bfdgotp; 3003 3004 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if 3005 none exists. */ 3006 bfdgot_entry.bfd = entry->abfd; 3007 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT); 3008 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfdgotp; 3009 3010 if (bfdgot != NULL) 3011 g = bfdgot->g; 3012 else 3013 { 3014 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc 3015 (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)); 3016 3017 if (bfdgot == NULL) 3018 { 3019 arg->obfd = 0; 3020 return 0; 3021 } 3022 3023 *bfdgotp = bfdgot; 3024 3025 bfdgot->bfd = entry->abfd; 3026 bfdgot->g = g = (struct mips_got_info *) 3027 bfd_alloc (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)); 3028 if (g == NULL) 3029 { 3030 arg->obfd = 0; 3031 return 0; 3032 } 3033 3034 g->global_gotsym = NULL; 3035 g->global_gotno = 0; 3036 g->local_gotno = 0; 3037 g->assigned_gotno = -1; 3038 g->tls_gotno = 0; 3039 g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0; 3040 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE; 3041 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash, 3042 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL); 3043 if (g->got_entries == NULL) 3044 { 3045 arg->obfd = 0; 3046 return 0; 3047 } 3048 3049 g->bfd2got = NULL; 3050 g->next = NULL; 3051 } 3052 3053 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */ 3054 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT); 3055 if (*entryp != NULL) 3056 return 1; 3057 3058 *entryp = entry; 3059 3060 if (entry->tls_type) 3061 { 3062 if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM)) 3063 g->tls_gotno += 2; 3064 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) 3065 g->tls_gotno += 1; 3066 } 3067 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local) 3068 ++g->local_gotno; 3069 else 3070 ++g->global_gotno; 3071 3072 return 1; 3073} 3074 3075/* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much 3076 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit 3077 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global 3078 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got, 3079 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got 3080 and then make make the new got current. */ 3081 3082static int 3083mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p) 3084{ 3085 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got 3086 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_; 3087 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p; 3088 unsigned int lcount = bfd2got->g->local_gotno; 3089 unsigned int gcount = bfd2got->g->global_gotno; 3090 unsigned int tcount = bfd2got->g->tls_gotno; 3091 unsigned int maxcnt = arg->max_count; 3092 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls = FALSE; 3093 3094 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals 3095 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be 3096 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that 3097 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */ 3098 if (tcount > 0) 3099 { 3100 unsigned int primary_total = lcount + tcount + arg->global_count; 3101 if (primary_total > maxcnt) 3102 too_many_for_tls = TRUE; 3103 } 3104 3105 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as 3106 a starting point for the primary GOT. */ 3107 if (! arg->primary && lcount + gcount + tcount <= maxcnt 3108 && ! too_many_for_tls) 3109 { 3110 arg->primary = bfd2got->g; 3111 arg->primary_count = lcount + gcount; 3112 } 3113 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of 3114 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we 3115 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */ 3116 else if (arg->primary && ! too_many_for_tls 3117 && (arg->primary_count + lcount + gcount + tcount) <= maxcnt) 3118 { 3119 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g; 3120 int old_lcount = arg->primary->local_gotno; 3121 int old_gcount = arg->primary->global_gotno; 3122 int old_tcount = arg->primary->tls_gotno; 3123 3124 bfd2got->g = arg->primary; 3125 3126 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, 3127 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, 3128 arg); 3129 if (arg->obfd == NULL) 3130 return 0; 3131 3132 htab_delete (g->got_entries); 3133 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual 3134 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash 3135 table anyway. */ 3136 3137 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->primary->local_gotno); 3138 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->primary->global_gotno); 3139 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount + tcount >= arg->primary->tls_gotno); 3140 3141 arg->primary_count = arg->primary->local_gotno 3142 + arg->primary->global_gotno + arg->primary->tls_gotno; 3143 } 3144 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */ 3145 else if (arg->current 3146 && arg->current_count + lcount + gcount + tcount <= maxcnt) 3147 { 3148 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g; 3149 int old_lcount = arg->current->local_gotno; 3150 int old_gcount = arg->current->global_gotno; 3151 int old_tcount = arg->current->tls_gotno; 3152 3153 bfd2got->g = arg->current; 3154 3155 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, 3156 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, 3157 arg); 3158 if (arg->obfd == NULL) 3159 return 0; 3160 3161 htab_delete (g->got_entries); 3162 3163 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->current->local_gotno); 3164 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->current->global_gotno); 3165 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount + tcount >= arg->current->tls_gotno); 3166 3167 arg->current_count = arg->current->local_gotno 3168 + arg->current->global_gotno + arg->current->tls_gotno; 3169 } 3170 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it 3171 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation 3172 overflows anyway. */ 3173 else 3174 { 3175 bfd2got->g->next = arg->current; 3176 arg->current = bfd2got->g; 3177 3178 arg->current_count = lcount + gcount + 2 * tcount; 3179 } 3180 3181 return 1; 3182} 3183 3184/* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field 3185 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */ 3186 3187static int 3188mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p) 3189{ 3190 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; 3191 struct mips_got_info *g = p; 3192 bfd_vma next_index; 3193 unsigned char tls_type; 3194 3195 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */ 3196 if (entry->tls_type == 0) 3197 return 1; 3198 3199 next_index = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno; 3200 3201 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL) 3202 { 3203 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's 3204 hash table entry to track its index. */ 3205 if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE) 3206 return 1; 3207 entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE; 3208 entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = next_index; 3209 tls_type = entry->d.h->tls_type; 3210 } 3211 else 3212 { 3213 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) 3214 { 3215 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd 3216 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in 3217 a GOT resolve to the same index. */ 3218 if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE) 3219 { 3220 entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset; 3221 return 1; 3222 } 3223 g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index; 3224 } 3225 entry->gotidx = next_index; 3226 tls_type = entry->tls_type; 3227 } 3228 3229 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */ 3230 if (tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM)) 3231 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2; 3232 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) 3233 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1; 3234 3235 return 1; 3236} 3237 3238/* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used 3239 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary 3240 got) to the given VALUE. 3241 3242 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must 3243 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of 3244 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the 3245 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the 3246 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size 3247 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a 3248 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is 3249 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function 3250 stub. */ 3251static int 3252mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p) 3253{ 3254 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; 3255 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg 3256 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p; 3257 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g; 3258 3259 if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL) 3260 arg->needed_relocs += 3261 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, 3262 entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL); 3263 3264 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1 3265 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1 3266 && entry->d.h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL) 3267 { 3268 if (g) 3269 { 3270 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL); 3271 3272 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++; 3273 if (arg->info->shared 3274 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created 3275 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic 3276 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular)) 3277 ++arg->needed_relocs; 3278 } 3279 else 3280 entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value; 3281 } 3282 3283 return 1; 3284} 3285 3286/* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over 3287 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */ 3288static int 3289mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 3290{ 3291 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; 3292 3293 if (entry->abfd != NULL 3294 && entry->symndx == -1 3295 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1) 3296 entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE; 3297 3298 return 1; 3299} 3300 3301/* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry 3302 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer 3303 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may 3304 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate 3305 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so 3306 the traversal must be restarted. */ 3307static int 3308mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp, void *p) 3309{ 3310 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; 3311 htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p; 3312 3313 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1) 3314 { 3315 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h; 3316 3317 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 3318 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 3319 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 3320 3321 if (entry->d.h == h) 3322 return 1; 3323 3324 entry->d.h = h; 3325 3326 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert 3327 it, and get the traversal restarted. */ 3328 if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry)) 3329 { 3330 htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp); 3331 entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT); 3332 if (! *entryp) 3333 *entryp = entry; 3334 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have 3335 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the 3336 process. */ 3337 *(htab_t *)p = NULL; 3338 return 0; 3339 } 3340 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's 3341 either too early or too late for that at this point. */ 3342 } 3343 3344 return 1; 3345} 3346 3347/* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final 3348 locations. */ 3349static void 3350mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g) 3351{ 3352 htab_t got_entries; 3353 3354 do 3355 { 3356 got_entries = g->got_entries; 3357 3358 htab_traverse (got_entries, 3359 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry, 3360 &got_entries); 3361 } 3362 while (got_entries == NULL); 3363} 3364 3365/* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of 3366 the primary GOT. */ 3367static bfd_vma 3368mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd) 3369{ 3370 if (g->bfd2got == NULL) 3371 return 0; 3372 3373 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd); 3374 if (! g) 3375 return 0; 3376 3377 BFD_ASSERT (g->next); 3378 3379 g = g->next; 3380 3381 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno) 3382 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); 3383} 3384 3385/* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into 3386 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */ 3387 3388static bfd_boolean 3389mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 3390 struct mips_got_info *g, asection *got, 3391 bfd_size_type pages) 3392{ 3393 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg; 3394 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg; 3395 struct mips_got_info *gg; 3396 unsigned int assign; 3397 3398 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash, 3399 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL); 3400 if (g->bfd2got == NULL) 3401 return FALSE; 3402 3403 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got; 3404 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd; 3405 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info; 3406 3407 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a 3408 map from bfd to got info while at that. */ 3409 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg); 3410 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL) 3411 return FALSE; 3412 3413 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL; 3414 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL; 3415 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could 3416 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd 3417 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */ 3418 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info) 3419 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)) 3420 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info) - pages); 3421 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT. 3422 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more 3423 information. */ 3424 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno; 3425 3426 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they 3427 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them 3428 to be the primary GOT. */ 3429 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg); 3430 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL) 3431 return FALSE; 3432 3433 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */ 3434 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL) 3435 { 3436 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *) 3437 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)); 3438 if (g->next == NULL) 3439 return FALSE; 3440 3441 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL; 3442 g->next->global_gotno = 0; 3443 g->next->local_gotno = 0; 3444 g->next->tls_gotno = 0; 3445 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0; 3446 g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0; 3447 g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE; 3448 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash, 3449 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, 3450 NULL); 3451 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL) 3452 return FALSE; 3453 g->next->bfd2got = NULL; 3454 } 3455 else 3456 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary; 3457 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current; 3458 3459 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */ 3460 gg = g; 3461 g = g->next; 3462 3463 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going 3464 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we 3465 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it. 3466 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the 3467 list. */ 3468 { 3469 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot; 3470 void **bfdgotp; 3471 3472 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc 3473 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)); 3474 3475 if (bfdgot == NULL) 3476 return FALSE; 3477 3478 bfdgot->bfd = abfd; 3479 bfdgot->g = g; 3480 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT); 3481 3482 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL); 3483 *bfdgotp = bfdgot; 3484 } 3485 3486 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced 3487 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so 3488 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually 3489 referenced. 3490 3491 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down 3492 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic 3493 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from 3494 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT 3495 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux 3496 follows IRIX's practice. 3497 3498 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count 3499 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with 3500 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where 3501 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is 3502 preserved. */ 3503 if (1) 3504 { 3505 gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno; 3506 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno; 3507 set_got_offset_arg.value = 2; 3508 } 3509 else 3510 { 3511 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize 3512 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use 3513 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined. 3514 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global 3515 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that 3516 their entries can be omitted. */ 3517 gg->assigned_gotno = 0; 3518 set_got_offset_arg.value = -1; 3519 } 3520 3521 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior 3522 depends on the setting of VALUE). */ 3523 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL; 3524 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset, 3525 &set_got_offset_arg); 3526 set_got_offset_arg.value = 1; 3527 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset, 3528 &set_got_offset_arg); 3529 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1)) 3530 return FALSE; 3531 3532 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges. 3533 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local 3534 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by 3535 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make 3536 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the 3537 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To 3538 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving 3539 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links, 3540 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of 3541 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial 3542 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT 3543 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it 3544 points back to the master GOT. */ 3545 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno; 3546 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno; 3547 gg->tls_gotno = 0; 3548 assign = 0; 3549 gg->next = gg; 3550 3551 do 3552 { 3553 struct mips_got_info *gn; 3554 3555 assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info); 3556 g->assigned_gotno = assign; 3557 g->local_gotno += assign + pages; 3558 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno; 3559 3560 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed 3561 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after 3562 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */ 3563 gn = g->next; 3564 g->next = gg->next; 3565 gg->next = g; 3566 3567 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after 3568 all non-TLS entries. */ 3569 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno; 3570 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g); 3571 3572 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */ 3573 g = gn; 3574 3575 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for 3576 stubs. */ 3577 if (g) 3578 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_no_stub, NULL); 3579 } 3580 while (g); 3581 3582 got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno 3583 + gg->next->global_gotno 3584 + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); 3585 3586 return TRUE; 3587} 3588 3589 3590/* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with 3591 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */ 3592 3593static const Elf_Internal_Rela * 3594mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type, 3595 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, 3596 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend) 3597{ 3598 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info); 3599 3600 while (relocation < relend) 3601 { 3602 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type 3603 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx) 3604 return relocation; 3605 3606 ++relocation; 3607 } 3608 3609 /* We didn't find it. */ 3610 return NULL; 3611} 3612 3613/* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */ 3614 3615static bfd_boolean 3616mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd, 3617 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, 3618 asection **local_sections, 3619 bfd_boolean check_forced) 3620{ 3621 unsigned long r_symndx; 3622 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 3623 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; 3624 size_t extsymoff; 3625 3626 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); 3627 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; 3628 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info; 3629 3630 if (r_symndx < extsymoff) 3631 return TRUE; 3632 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL) 3633 return TRUE; 3634 3635 if (check_forced) 3636 { 3637 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol 3638 was forced local. */ 3639 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) 3640 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]; 3641 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */ 3642 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 3643 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 3644 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 3645 if (h->root.forced_local) 3646 return TRUE; 3647 } 3648 3649 return FALSE; 3650} 3651 3652/* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */ 3653 3654bfd_vma 3655_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits) 3656{ 3657 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1))) 3658 /* VALUE is negative. */ 3659 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits; 3660 3661 return value; 3662} 3663 3664/* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum 3665 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of 3666 BITS. */ 3667 3668static bfd_boolean 3669mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits) 3670{ 3671 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value; 3672 3673 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1) 3674 /* The value is too big. */ 3675 return TRUE; 3676 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1))) 3677 /* The value is too small. */ 3678 return TRUE; 3679 3680 /* All is well. */ 3681 return FALSE; 3682} 3683 3684/* Calculate the %high function. */ 3685 3686static bfd_vma 3687mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value) 3688{ 3689 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 3690} 3691 3692/* Calculate the %higher function. */ 3693 3694static bfd_vma 3695mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 3696{ 3697#ifdef BFD64 3698 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff; 3699#else 3700 abort (); 3701 return MINUS_ONE; 3702#endif 3703} 3704 3705/* Calculate the %highest function. */ 3706 3707static bfd_vma 3708mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 3709{ 3710#ifdef BFD64 3711 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff; 3712#else 3713 abort (); 3714 return MINUS_ONE; 3715#endif 3716} 3717 3718/* Create the .compact_rel section. */ 3719 3720static bfd_boolean 3721mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section 3722 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 3723{ 3724 flagword flags; 3725 register asection *s; 3726 3727 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL) 3728 { 3729 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED 3730 | SEC_READONLY); 3731 3732 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags); 3733 if (s == NULL 3734 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 3735 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) 3736 return FALSE; 3737 3738 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel); 3739 } 3740 3741 return TRUE; 3742} 3743 3744/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */ 3745 3746static bfd_boolean 3747mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 3748 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude) 3749{ 3750 flagword flags; 3751 register asection *s; 3752 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 3753 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh; 3754 struct mips_got_info *g; 3755 bfd_size_type amt; 3756 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 3757 3758 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 3759 3760 /* This function may be called more than once. */ 3761 s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE); 3762 if (s) 3763 { 3764 if (! maybe_exclude) 3765 s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE; 3766 return TRUE; 3767 } 3768 3769 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY 3770 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 3771 3772 if (maybe_exclude) 3773 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 3774 3775 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded 3776 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */ 3777 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags); 3778 if (s == NULL 3779 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4)) 3780 return FALSE; 3781 3782 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the 3783 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we 3784 are not creating a global offset table. */ 3785 bh = NULL; 3786 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol 3787 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, 3788 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) 3789 return FALSE; 3790 3791 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; 3792 h->non_elf = 0; 3793 h->def_regular = 1; 3794 h->type = STT_OBJECT; 3795 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h; 3796 3797 if (info->shared 3798 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) 3799 return FALSE; 3800 3801 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info); 3802 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 3803 if (g == NULL) 3804 return FALSE; 3805 g->global_gotsym = NULL; 3806 g->global_gotno = 0; 3807 g->tls_gotno = 0; 3808 g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info); 3809 g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info); 3810 g->bfd2got = NULL; 3811 g->next = NULL; 3812 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE; 3813 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash, 3814 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL); 3815 if (g->got_entries == NULL) 3816 return FALSE; 3817 mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g; 3818 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags 3819 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; 3820 3821 /* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */ 3822 if (htab->is_vxworks) 3823 { 3824 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt", 3825 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 3826 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 3827 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4)) 3828 return FALSE; 3829 3830 htab->sgotplt = s; 3831 } 3832 return TRUE; 3833} 3834 3835/* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or 3836 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for 3837 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */ 3838 3839static bfd_boolean 3840is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 3841{ 3842 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks 3843 && info->shared 3844 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0 3845 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0)); 3846} 3847 3848/* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from 3849 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this 3850 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored. 3851 3852 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP. 3853 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this 3854 relocation must be JALX. 3855 3856 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no 3857 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if 3858 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an 3859 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */ 3860 3861static bfd_reloc_status_type 3862mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd, 3863 asection *input_section, 3864 struct bfd_link_info *info, 3865 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, 3866 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto, 3867 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, 3868 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep, 3869 const char **namep, bfd_boolean *require_jalxp, 3870 bfd_boolean save_addend) 3871{ 3872 /* The eventual value we will return. */ 3873 bfd_vma value; 3874 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is 3875 occurring. */ 3876 bfd_vma symbol = 0; 3877 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or 3878 shared object file being produced. */ 3879 bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE; 3880 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being 3881 relocated. */ 3882 bfd_vma p; 3883 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */ 3884 bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE; 3885 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of 3886 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides 3887 during execution. */ 3888 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE; 3889 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is 3890 located. */ 3891 asection *sec = NULL; 3892 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; 3893 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local 3894 symbol. */ 3895 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p; 3896 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */ 3897 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE; 3898 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is 3899 "__gnu_local_gp". */ 3900 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE; 3901 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 3902 size_t extsymoff; 3903 unsigned long r_symndx; 3904 int r_type; 3905 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the 3906 relocation value. */ 3907 bfd_boolean overflowed_p; 3908 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */ 3909 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE; 3910 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 3911 bfd *dynobj; 3912 3913 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 3914 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 3915 3916 /* Parse the relocation. */ 3917 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); 3918 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); 3919 p = (input_section->output_section->vma 3920 + input_section->output_offset 3921 + relocation->r_offset); 3922 3923 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */ 3924 overflowed_p = FALSE; 3925 3926 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset 3927 used in the array of hash table entries. */ 3928 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; 3929 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, 3930 local_sections, FALSE); 3931 was_local_p = local_p; 3932 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) 3933 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 3934 else 3935 { 3936 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols 3937 must come before globals. */ 3938 extsymoff = 0; 3939 } 3940 3941 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */ 3942 if (local_p) 3943 { 3944 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 3945 3946 sym = local_syms + r_symndx; 3947 sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; 3948 3949 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; 3950 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION 3951 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)) 3952 symbol += sym->st_value; 3953 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) 3954 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) 3955 { 3956 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend); 3957 addend -= symbol; 3958 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; 3959 } 3960 3961 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */ 3962 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) 3963 ++symbol; 3964 3965 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */ 3966 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, 3967 symtab_hdr->sh_link, 3968 sym->st_name); 3969 if (*namep == '\0') 3970 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec); 3971 3972 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16); 3973 } 3974 else 3975 { 3976 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */ 3977 3978 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */ 3979 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) 3980 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]); 3981 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */ 3982 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 3983 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 3984 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 3985 3986 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */ 3987 *namep = h->root.root.root.string; 3988 3989 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a 3990 symbol must always be a global symbol. */ 3991 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0 3992 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd)) 3993 { 3994 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with 3995 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */ 3996 if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16 3997 && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16) 3998 return bfd_reloc_notsupported; 3999 4000 gp_disp_p = TRUE; 4001 } 4002 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a 4003 symbol must always be a global symbol. */ 4004 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0) 4005 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE; 4006 4007 4008 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that 4009 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the 4010 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not 4011 its defined. */ 4012 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4013 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 4014 && h->root.root.u.def.section) 4015 { 4016 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; 4017 if (sec->output_section) 4018 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value 4019 + sec->output_section->vma 4020 + sec->output_offset); 4021 else 4022 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value; 4023 } 4024 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 4025 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving 4026 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions 4027 and check to see if they exist by looking at their 4028 addresses. */ 4029 symbol = 0; 4030 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE 4031 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT) 4032 symbol = 0; 4033 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd) 4034 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0) 4035 { 4036 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a 4037 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol 4038 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections. 4039 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0. 4040 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table 4041 somehow as well. */ 4042 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared); 4043 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL); 4044 symbol = 0; 4045 } 4046 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other)) 4047 { 4048 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the 4049 ELF spec. Ignore it for now. 4050 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols 4051 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now. 4052 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification" 4053 which is available from here: 4054 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */ 4055 symbol = 0; 4056 } 4057 else 4058 { 4059 if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) 4060 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd, 4061 input_section, relocation->r_offset, 4062 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR) 4063 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))) 4064 return bfd_reloc_undefined; 4065 symbol = 0; 4066 } 4067 4068 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16); 4069 } 4070 4071 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we 4072 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in* 4073 a stub. */ 4074 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable 4075 && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL) 4076 || (local_p 4077 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL 4078 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL)) 4079 && !mips16_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section)) 4080 { 4081 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should 4082 have already noticed that we were going to need the 4083 stub. */ 4084 if (local_p) 4085 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx]; 4086 else 4087 { 4088 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub); 4089 sec = h->fn_stub; 4090 } 4091 4092 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; 4093 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */ 4094 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE; 4095 } 4096 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we 4097 need to redirect the call to the stub. */ 4098 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable 4099 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)) 4100 || (local_p 4101 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL 4102 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL)) 4103 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p) 4104 { 4105 if (local_p) 4106 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx]; 4107 else 4108 { 4109 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure 4110 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input 4111 file. */ 4112 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL) 4113 { 4114 asection *o; 4115 4116 sec = NULL; 4117 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) 4118 { 4119 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o))) 4120 { 4121 sec = h->call_fp_stub; 4122 break; 4123 } 4124 } 4125 if (sec == NULL) 4126 sec = h->call_stub; 4127 } 4128 else if (h->call_stub != NULL) 4129 sec = h->call_stub; 4130 else 4131 sec = h->call_fp_stub; 4132 } 4133 4134 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0); 4135 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; 4136 } 4137 4138 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the 4139 special jalx instruction. */ 4140 *require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable 4141 && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p) 4142 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))); 4143 4144 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, 4145 local_sections, TRUE); 4146 4147 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value, 4148 and we're going to need it, get it now. */ 4149 switch (r_type) 4150 { 4151 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: 4152 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: 4153 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't 4154 bind locally. */ 4155 local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1); 4156 if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST) 4157 break; 4158 /* Fall through. */ 4159 4160 case R_MIPS_CALL16: 4161 case R_MIPS_GOT16: 4162 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: 4163 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: 4164 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: 4165 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: 4166 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: 4167 case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: 4168 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: 4169 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: 4170 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */ 4171 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM) 4172 { 4173 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info, 4174 0, 0, NULL, r_type); 4175 if (g == MINUS_ONE) 4176 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 4177 } 4178 else if (!local_p) 4179 { 4180 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt 4181 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */ 4182 if (htab->is_vxworks 4183 && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 4184 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 4185 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16)) 4186 { 4187 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0); 4188 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt); 4189 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root); 4190 } 4191 else 4192 { 4193 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a 4194 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the 4195 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added 4196 as GOT_OFST. */ 4197 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE); 4198 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd, 4199 &h->root, r_type, info); 4200 if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL 4201 && (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created 4202 || (info->shared 4203 && (info->symbolic || h->root.forced_local) 4204 && h->root.def_regular))) 4205 { 4206 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The 4207 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local. 4208 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */ 4209 asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); 4210 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, sgot->contents + g); 4211 } 4212 } 4213 } 4214 else if (!htab->is_vxworks 4215 && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16))) 4216 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */ 4217 break; 4218 else 4219 { 4220 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info, 4221 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type); 4222 if (g == MINUS_ONE) 4223 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 4224 } 4225 4226 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */ 4227 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, g); 4228 break; 4229 4230 case R_MIPS_HI16: 4231 case R_MIPS_LO16: 4232 case R_MIPS_GPREL16: 4233 case R_MIPS_GPREL32: 4234 case R_MIPS_LITERAL: 4235 case R_MIPS16_HI16: 4236 case R_MIPS16_LO16: 4237 case R_MIPS16_GPREL: 4238 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd); 4239 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd); 4240 if (dynobj) 4241 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL), 4242 input_bfd); 4243 break; 4244 4245 default: 4246 break; 4247 } 4248 4249 if (gnu_local_gp_p) 4250 symbol = gp; 4251 4252 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ 4253 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */ 4254 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root)) 4255 { 4256 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; 4257 bfd_byte *loc; 4258 asection *s; 4259 4260 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 4261 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 4262 4263 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma 4264 + input_section->output_offset 4265 + relocation->r_offset); 4266 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type); 4267 outrel.r_addend = addend; 4268 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc); 4269 4270 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section, 4271 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the 4272 DT_TEXTREL tag. */ 4273 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section)) 4274 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 4275 4276 *valuep = 0; 4277 return bfd_reloc_ok; 4278 } 4279 4280 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */ 4281 switch (r_type) 4282 { 4283 case R_MIPS_NONE: 4284 return bfd_reloc_continue; 4285 4286 case R_MIPS_16: 4287 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16); 4288 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); 4289 break; 4290 4291 case R_MIPS_32: 4292 case R_MIPS_REL32: 4293 case R_MIPS_64: 4294 if ((info->shared 4295 || (!htab->is_vxworks 4296 && htab->root.dynamic_sections_created 4297 && h != NULL 4298 && h->root.def_dynamic 4299 && !h->root.def_regular)) 4300 && r_symndx != 0 4301 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 4302 { 4303 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is 4304 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know 4305 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation 4306 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic 4307 linker. 4308 4309 In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols 4310 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's 4311 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */ 4312 value = addend; 4313 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd, 4314 info, 4315 relocation, 4316 h, 4317 sec, 4318 symbol, 4319 &value, 4320 input_section)) 4321 return bfd_reloc_undefined; 4322 } 4323 else 4324 { 4325 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32) 4326 value = symbol + addend; 4327 else 4328 value = addend; 4329 } 4330 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4331 break; 4332 4333 case R_MIPS_PC32: 4334 value = symbol + addend - p; 4335 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4336 break; 4337 4338 case R_MIPS16_26: 4339 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an 4340 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into 4341 the output file that's different. That's handled in 4342 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the 4343 R_MIPS_26 case here. */ 4344 case R_MIPS_26: 4345 if (local_p) 4346 value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2; 4347 else 4348 { 4349 value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2; 4350 if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 4351 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> 28); 4352 } 4353 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4354 break; 4355 4356 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16: 4357 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info)) 4358 & howto->dst_mask); 4359 break; 4360 4361 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16: 4362 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32: 4363 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64: 4364 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask; 4365 break; 4366 4367 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16: 4368 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info)) 4369 & howto->dst_mask); 4370 break; 4371 4372 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16: 4373 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask; 4374 break; 4375 4376 case R_MIPS_HI16: 4377 case R_MIPS16_HI16: 4378 if (!gp_disp_p) 4379 { 4380 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol); 4381 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4382 } 4383 else 4384 { 4385 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence 4386 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp) 4387 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp) 4388 8: sll $v0,16 4389 12: addu $v0,$v1 4390 14: move $gp,$v0 4391 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the 4392 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce 4393 both reloc addends by 4. */ 4394 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16) 4395 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 4); 4396 else 4397 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p); 4398 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); 4399 } 4400 break; 4401 4402 case R_MIPS_LO16: 4403 case R_MIPS16_LO16: 4404 if (!gp_disp_p) 4405 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask; 4406 else 4407 { 4408 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason 4409 for this conditional. */ 4410 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16) 4411 value = addend + gp - p; 4412 else 4413 value = addend + gp - p + 4; 4414 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation 4415 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against 4416 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload 4417 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like 4418 this: 4419 4420 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp) 4421 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp) 4422 addu $gp,$gp,$t9 4423 4424 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called, 4425 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16 4426 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the 4427 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow. 4428 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do 4429 not check for overflow here. */ 4430 } 4431 break; 4432 4433 case R_MIPS_LITERAL: 4434 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this 4435 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge 4436 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work 4437 here. */ 4438 4439 /* Fall through. */ 4440 4441 case R_MIPS16_GPREL: 4442 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as 4443 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different 4444 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the 4445 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */ 4446 case R_MIPS_GPREL16: 4447 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the 4448 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone, 4449 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */ 4450 if (howto->partial_inplace) 4451 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16); 4452 value = symbol + addend - gp; 4453 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will 4454 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate 4455 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this 4456 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied 4457 to them before. */ 4458 if (was_local_p) 4459 value += gp0; 4460 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); 4461 break; 4462 4463 case R_MIPS_GOT16: 4464 case R_MIPS_CALL16: 4465 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for 4466 R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */ 4467 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p) 4468 { 4469 bfd_boolean forced; 4470 4471 forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, 4472 local_sections, FALSE); 4473 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info, 4474 symbol + addend, forced); 4475 if (value == MINUS_ONE) 4476 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 4477 value 4478 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, value); 4479 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); 4480 break; 4481 } 4482 4483 /* Fall through. */ 4484 4485 case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: 4486 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: 4487 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: 4488 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: 4489 got_disp: 4490 value = g; 4491 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); 4492 break; 4493 4494 case R_MIPS_GPREL32: 4495 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp); 4496 if (!save_addend) 4497 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4498 break; 4499 4500 case R_MIPS_PC16: 4501 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2: 4502 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p; 4503 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18); 4504 value >>= howto->rightshift; 4505 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4506 break; 4507 4508 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: 4509 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: 4510 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically. 4511 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations 4512 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */ 4513 value = g; 4514 value = mips_elf_high (value); 4515 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4516 break; 4517 4518 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: 4519 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: 4520 value = g & howto->dst_mask; 4521 break; 4522 4523 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: 4524 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay 4525 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to 4526 0. */ 4527 if (! local_p) 4528 goto got_disp; 4529 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL); 4530 if (value == MINUS_ONE) 4531 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 4532 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, value); 4533 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); 4534 break; 4535 4536 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: 4537 if (local_p) 4538 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value); 4539 else 4540 value = addend; 4541 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); 4542 break; 4543 4544 case R_MIPS_SUB: 4545 value = symbol - addend; 4546 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4547 break; 4548 4549 case R_MIPS_HIGHER: 4550 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol); 4551 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4552 break; 4553 4554 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST: 4555 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol); 4556 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4557 break; 4558 4559 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP: 4560 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset; 4561 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4562 break; 4563 4564 case R_MIPS_JALR: 4565 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize 4566 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize 4567 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */ 4568 if (h != NULL && h->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 4569 return bfd_reloc_continue; 4570 value = symbol + addend; 4571 break; 4572 4573 case R_MIPS_PJUMP: 4574 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: 4575 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: 4576 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */ 4577 return bfd_reloc_continue; 4578 4579 default: 4580 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */ 4581 return bfd_reloc_notsupported; 4582 } 4583 4584 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */ 4585 *valuep = value; 4586 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok; 4587} 4588 4589/* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */ 4590 4591static bfd_vma 4592mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto, 4593 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, 4594 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents) 4595{ 4596 bfd_vma x; 4597 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset; 4598 4599 /* Obtain the bytes. */ 4600 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location); 4601 4602 return x; 4603} 4604 4605/* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the 4606 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the 4607 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the 4608 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used 4609 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is 4610 unconditionally converted to JALX. 4611 4612 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */ 4613 4614static bfd_boolean 4615mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info, 4616 reloc_howto_type *howto, 4617 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, 4618 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd, 4619 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents, 4620 bfd_boolean require_jalx) 4621{ 4622 bfd_vma x; 4623 bfd_byte *location; 4624 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); 4625 4626 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */ 4627 location = contents + relocation->r_offset; 4628 4629 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location); 4630 4631 /* Obtain the current value. */ 4632 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents); 4633 4634 /* Clear the field we are setting. */ 4635 x &= ~howto->dst_mask; 4636 4637 /* Set the field. */ 4638 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask); 4639 4640 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */ 4641 if (require_jalx) 4642 { 4643 bfd_boolean ok; 4644 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26; 4645 bfd_vma jalx_opcode; 4646 4647 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */ 4648 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26) 4649 { 4650 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7)); 4651 jalx_opcode = 0x7; 4652 } 4653 else 4654 { 4655 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d)); 4656 jalx_opcode = 0x1d; 4657 } 4658 4659 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */ 4660 if (!ok) 4661 { 4662 (*_bfd_error_handler) 4663 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"), 4664 input_bfd, 4665 input_section, 4666 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset); 4667 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 4668 return FALSE; 4669 } 4670 4671 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */ 4672 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26); 4673 } 4674 4675 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch 4676 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we 4677 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this 4678 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */ 4679 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd) == bfd_mach_mips9000 4680 && !info->relocatable 4681 && !require_jalx 4682 && ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */ 4683 || (r_type == R_MIPS_JALR && x == 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */ 4684 { 4685 bfd_vma addr; 4686 bfd_vma dest; 4687 bfd_signed_vma off; 4688 4689 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma 4690 + input_section->output_offset 4691 + relocation->r_offset 4692 + 4); 4693 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26) 4694 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28); 4695 else 4696 dest = value; 4697 off = dest - addr; 4698 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000) 4699 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */ 4700 } 4701 4702 /* Put the value into the output. */ 4703 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location); 4704 4705 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable, 4706 location); 4707 4708 return TRUE; 4709} 4710 4711/* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */ 4712 4713static bfd_boolean 4714mips16_stub_section_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section) 4715{ 4716 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section); 4717 4718 return FN_STUB_P (name) || CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name); 4719} 4720 4721/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */ 4722 4723static void 4724mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 4725 unsigned int n) 4726{ 4727 asection *s; 4728 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4729 4730 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 4731 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 4732 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 4733 4734 if (htab->is_vxworks) 4735 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd); 4736 else 4737 { 4738 if (s->size == 0) 4739 { 4740 /* Make room for a null element. */ 4741 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd); 4742 ++s->reloc_count; 4743 } 4744 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd); 4745 } 4746} 4747 4748/* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL 4749 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a 4750 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the 4751 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */ 4752 4753static bfd_boolean 4754mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd, 4755 struct bfd_link_info *info, 4756 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 4757 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, 4758 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol, 4759 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section) 4760{ 4761 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3]; 4762 asection *sreloc; 4763 bfd *dynobj; 4764 int r_type; 4765 long indx; 4766 bfd_boolean defined_p; 4767 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4768 4769 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 4770 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info); 4771 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 4772 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 4773 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL); 4774 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL); 4775 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd) 4776 < sreloc->size); 4777 4778 outrel[0].r_offset = 4779 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset); 4780 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) 4781 { 4782 outrel[1].r_offset = 4783 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset); 4784 outrel[2].r_offset = 4785 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset); 4786 } 4787 4788 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE) 4789 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */ 4790 return TRUE; 4791 4792 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO) 4793 { 4794 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of 4795 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect 4796 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */ 4797 *addendp += symbol; 4798 return TRUE; 4799 } 4800 4801 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use 4802 in the relocation. */ 4803 if (h != NULL 4804 && (!h->root.def_regular 4805 || (info->shared && !info->symbolic && !h->root.forced_local))) 4806 { 4807 indx = h->root.dynindx; 4808 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) 4809 defined_p = h->root.def_regular; 4810 else 4811 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the 4812 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against 4813 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against 4814 undefined symbols. */ 4815 defined_p = FALSE; 4816 } 4817 else 4818 { 4819 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) 4820 indx = 0; 4821 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) 4822 { 4823 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 4824 return FALSE; 4825 } 4826 else 4827 { 4828 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx; 4829 if (indx == 0) 4830 { 4831 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section; 4832 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; 4833 } 4834 if (indx == 0) 4835 abort (); 4836 } 4837 4838 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section 4839 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative 4840 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to 4841 local symbols because we used to generate them 4842 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value, 4843 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In 4844 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to 4845 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting 4846 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're 4847 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient 4848 as well. */ 4849 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so, 4850 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have 4851 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations 4852 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */ 4853 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) 4854 indx = 0; 4855 defined_p = TRUE; 4856 } 4857 4858 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and 4859 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must 4860 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table. 4861 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */ 4862 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32) 4863 *addendp += symbol; 4864 4865 if (htab->is_vxworks) 4866 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */ 4867 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32); 4868 else 4869 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't 4870 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */ 4871 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx, 4872 R_MIPS_REL32); 4873 4874 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should 4875 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the 4876 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as 4877 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all). 4878 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic 4879 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these 4880 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true, 4881 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so 4882 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per 4883 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an 4884 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a 4885 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */ 4886 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, 4887 ABI_64_P (output_bfd) 4888 ? R_MIPS_64 4889 : R_MIPS_NONE); 4890 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE); 4891 4892 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the 4893 correct location in the output file. */ 4894 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma 4895 + input_section->output_offset); 4896 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma 4897 + input_section->output_offset); 4898 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma 4899 + input_section->output_offset); 4900 4901 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special 4902 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit 4903 relocation format is non-standard. */ 4904 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) 4905 { 4906 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out) 4907 (output_bfd, &outrel[0], 4908 (sreloc->contents 4909 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel))); 4910 } 4911 else if (htab->is_vxworks) 4912 { 4913 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */ 4914 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp; 4915 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out 4916 (output_bfd, &outrel[0], 4917 (sreloc->contents 4918 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))); 4919 } 4920 else 4921 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out 4922 (output_bfd, &outrel[0], 4923 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))); 4924 4925 /* We've now added another relocation. */ 4926 ++sreloc->reloc_count; 4927 4928 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker 4929 will be writing to it. */ 4930 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags 4931 |= SHF_WRITE; 4932 4933 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */ 4934 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5) 4935 { 4936 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel"); 4937 bfd_byte *cr; 4938 4939 if (scpt) 4940 { 4941 Elf32_crinfo cptrel; 4942 4943 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG); 4944 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset 4945 + input_section->output_section->vma 4946 + input_section->output_offset); 4947 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32) 4948 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32); 4949 else 4950 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD); 4951 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0); 4952 cptrel.konst = *addendp; 4953 4954 cr = (scpt->contents 4955 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel)); 4956 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0); 4957 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel, 4958 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr 4959 + scpt->reloc_count)); 4960 ++scpt->reloc_count; 4961 } 4962 } 4963 4964 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section, 4965 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the 4966 DT_TEXTREL tag. */ 4967 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section)) 4968 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 4969 4970 return TRUE; 4971} 4972 4973/* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */ 4974 4975unsigned long 4976_bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags) 4977{ 4978 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) 4979 { 4980 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900: 4981 return bfd_mach_mips3900; 4982 4983 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010: 4984 return bfd_mach_mips4010; 4985 4986 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100: 4987 return bfd_mach_mips4100; 4988 4989 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111: 4990 return bfd_mach_mips4111; 4991 4992 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120: 4993 return bfd_mach_mips4120; 4994 4995 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650: 4996 return bfd_mach_mips4650; 4997 4998 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400: 4999 return bfd_mach_mips5400; 5000 5001 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500: 5002 return bfd_mach_mips5500; 5003 5004 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000: 5005 return bfd_mach_mips9000; 5006 5007 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON: 5008 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon; 5009 5010 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1: 5011 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1; 5012 5013 default: 5014 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) 5015 { 5016 default: 5017 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1: 5018 return bfd_mach_mips3000; 5019 5020 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2: 5021 return bfd_mach_mips6000; 5022 5023 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3: 5024 return bfd_mach_mips4000; 5025 5026 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4: 5027 return bfd_mach_mips8000; 5028 5029 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5: 5030 return bfd_mach_mips5; 5031 5032 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32: 5033 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32; 5034 5035 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64: 5036 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64; 5037 5038 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2: 5039 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2; 5040 5041 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2: 5042 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2; 5043 } 5044 } 5045 5046 return 0; 5047} 5048 5049/* Return printable name for ABI. */ 5050 5051static INLINE char * 5052elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd) 5053{ 5054 flagword flags; 5055 5056 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags; 5057 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) 5058 { 5059 case 0: 5060 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd)) 5061 return "N32"; 5062 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) 5063 return "64"; 5064 else 5065 return "none"; 5066 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32: 5067 return "O32"; 5068 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64: 5069 return "O64"; 5070 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32: 5071 return "EABI32"; 5072 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64: 5073 return "EABI64"; 5074 default: 5075 return "unknown abi"; 5076 } 5077} 5078 5079/* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the 5080 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept 5081 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields 5082 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common 5083 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */ 5084static asection mips_elf_scom_section; 5085static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol; 5086static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr; 5087 5088/* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an 5089 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a 5090 definition in a shared library. */ 5091static asection mips_elf_acom_section; 5092static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol; 5093static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr; 5094 5095/* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. 5096 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ 5097 5098void 5099_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym) 5100{ 5101 elf_symbol_type *elfsym; 5102 5103 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym; 5104 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx) 5105 { 5106 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON: 5107 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file. 5108 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can 5109 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared 5110 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes, 5111 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */ 5112 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL) 5113 { 5114 /* Initialize the acommon section. */ 5115 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon"; 5116 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC; 5117 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section; 5118 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol; 5119 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr; 5120 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon"; 5121 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; 5122 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section; 5123 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol; 5124 } 5125 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section; 5126 break; 5127 5128 case SHN_COMMON: 5129 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically 5130 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */ 5131 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd) 5132 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS 5133 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) 5134 break; 5135 /* Fall through. */ 5136 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON: 5137 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL) 5138 { 5139 /* Initialize the small common section. */ 5140 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon"; 5141 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON; 5142 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section; 5143 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol; 5144 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr; 5145 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon"; 5146 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; 5147 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section; 5148 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol; 5149 } 5150 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section; 5151 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size; 5152 break; 5153 5154 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED: 5155 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr; 5156 break; 5157 5158 case SHN_MIPS_TEXT: 5159 { 5160 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text"); 5161 5162 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)); 5163 if (section != NULL) 5164 { 5165 asym->section = section; 5166 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset 5167 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section 5168 base address to make it an offset. */ 5169 asym->value -= section->vma; 5170 } 5171 } 5172 break; 5173 5174 case SHN_MIPS_DATA: 5175 { 5176 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data"); 5177 5178 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)); 5179 if (section != NULL) 5180 { 5181 asym->section = section; 5182 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset 5183 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section 5184 base address to make it an offset. */ 5185 asym->value -= section->vma; 5186 } 5187 } 5188 break; 5189 } 5190} 5191 5192/* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from 5193 the default in the way it handles EABI64. 5194 5195 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what 5196 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has 5197 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32, 5198 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time. 5199 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses. 5200 5201 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have 5202 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs 5203 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers 5204 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects. 5205 5206 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the 5207 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want 5208 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects. 5209 We therefore take the following approach: 5210 5211 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to 5212 determine the pointer size. 5213 5214 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that 5215 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64. 5216 5217 - Otherwise punt. 5218 5219 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0 5220 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers, 5221 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality 5222 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never 5223 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI. 5224 5225 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no 5226 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never 5227 did so. */ 5228 5229unsigned int 5230_bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 5231{ 5232 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) 5233 return 8; 5234 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64) 5235 { 5236 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p; 5237 5238 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0; 5239 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0; 5240 if (long32_p && long64_p) 5241 return 0; 5242 if (long32_p) 5243 return 4; 5244 if (long64_p) 5245 return 8; 5246 5247 if (sec->reloc_count > 0 5248 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL 5249 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info) 5250 == R_MIPS_64)) 5251 return 8; 5252 5253 return 0; 5254 } 5255 return 4; 5256} 5257 5258/* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP 5259 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the 5260 same address. For example, if we have code like: 5261 5262 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp) 5263 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp) 5264 jalr $25 5265 5266 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program 5267 will jump there rather than to .text. 5268 5269 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols. 5270 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */ 5271 5272bfd_boolean 5273_bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd) 5274{ 5275 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd); 5276} 5277 5278/* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is 5279 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize 5280 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be 5281 a better way. */ 5282 5283bfd_boolean 5284_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr) 5285{ 5286 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO 5287 && hdr->sh_size > 0) 5288 { 5289 bfd_byte buf[4]; 5290 5291 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); 5292 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL); 5293 5294 if (bfd_seek (abfd, 5295 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4, 5296 SEEK_SET) != 0) 5297 return FALSE; 5298 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); 5299 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4) 5300 return FALSE; 5301 } 5302 5303 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS 5304 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL 5305 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL 5306 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL) 5307 { 5308 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend; 5309 5310 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the 5311 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents 5312 so that we don't have to read them again. 5313 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look 5314 through the section contents to see if there is an 5315 ODK_REGINFO structure. */ 5316 5317 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata; 5318 l = contents; 5319 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size; 5320 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend) 5321 { 5322 Elf_Internal_Options intopt; 5323 5324 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l, 5325 &intopt); 5326 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options)) 5327 { 5328 (*_bfd_error_handler) 5329 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"), 5330 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size); 5331 break; 5332 } 5333 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) 5334 { 5335 bfd_byte buf[8]; 5336 5337 if (bfd_seek (abfd, 5338 (hdr->sh_offset 5339 + (l - contents) 5340 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) 5341 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)), 5342 SEEK_SET) != 0) 5343 return FALSE; 5344 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); 5345 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8) 5346 return FALSE; 5347 } 5348 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) 5349 { 5350 bfd_byte buf[4]; 5351 5352 if (bfd_seek (abfd, 5353 (hdr->sh_offset 5354 + (l - contents) 5355 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) 5356 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)), 5357 SEEK_SET) != 0) 5358 return FALSE; 5359 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); 5360 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4) 5361 return FALSE; 5362 } 5363 l += intopt.size; 5364 } 5365 } 5366 5367 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) 5368 { 5369 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section); 5370 5371 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 5372 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0 5373 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0) 5374 { 5375 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; 5376 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; 5377 } 5378 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 5379 { 5380 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; 5381 hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; 5382 } 5383 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0) 5384 { 5385 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; 5386 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; 5387 } 5388 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0) 5389 { 5390 hdr->sh_flags = 0; 5391 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; 5392 } 5393 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0) 5394 { 5395 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0) 5396 { 5397 unsigned int adjust; 5398 5399 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign; 5400 if (adjust != 0) 5401 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust; 5402 } 5403 } 5404 } 5405 5406 return TRUE; 5407} 5408 5409/* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This 5410 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type. 5411 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI. 5412 5413 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure 5414 how to. */ 5415 5416bfd_boolean 5417_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, 5418 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, 5419 const char *name, 5420 int shindex) 5421{ 5422 flagword flags = 0; 5423 5424 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but 5425 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the 5426 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives 5427 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will 5428 probably get away with this. */ 5429 switch (hdr->sh_type) 5430 { 5431 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST: 5432 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0) 5433 return FALSE; 5434 break; 5435 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM: 5436 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0) 5437 return FALSE; 5438 break; 5439 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT: 5440 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0) 5441 return FALSE; 5442 break; 5443 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB: 5444 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab.")) 5445 return FALSE; 5446 break; 5447 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE: 5448 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0) 5449 return FALSE; 5450 break; 5451 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG: 5452 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0) 5453 return FALSE; 5454 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING; 5455 break; 5456 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO: 5457 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0 5458 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)) 5459 return FALSE; 5460 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE); 5461 break; 5462 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE: 5463 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0) 5464 return FALSE; 5465 break; 5466 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT: 5467 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content")) 5468 return FALSE; 5469 break; 5470 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS: 5471 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name)) 5472 return FALSE; 5473 break; 5474 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF: 5475 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")) 5476 return FALSE; 5477 break; 5478 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB: 5479 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0) 5480 return FALSE; 5481 break; 5482 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS: 5483 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events") 5484 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel")) 5485 return FALSE; 5486 break; 5487 default: 5488 break; 5489 } 5490 5491 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 5492 return FALSE; 5493 5494 if (flags) 5495 { 5496 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, 5497 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, 5498 hdr->bfd_section) 5499 | flags))) 5500 return FALSE; 5501 } 5502 5503 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */ 5504 5505 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information 5506 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while 5507 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section 5508 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */ 5509 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO) 5510 { 5511 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; 5512 Elf32_RegInfo s; 5513 5514 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, 5515 &ext, 0, sizeof ext)) 5516 return FALSE; 5517 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s); 5518 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value; 5519 } 5520 5521 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and 5522 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both 5523 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case, 5524 they should agree. */ 5525 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS) 5526 { 5527 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend; 5528 5529 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); 5530 if (contents == NULL) 5531 return FALSE; 5532 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents, 5533 0, hdr->sh_size)) 5534 { 5535 free (contents); 5536 return FALSE; 5537 } 5538 l = contents; 5539 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size; 5540 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend) 5541 { 5542 Elf_Internal_Options intopt; 5543 5544 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l, 5545 &intopt); 5546 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options)) 5547 { 5548 (*_bfd_error_handler) 5549 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"), 5550 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size); 5551 break; 5552 } 5553 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) 5554 { 5555 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg; 5556 5557 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in 5558 (abfd, 5559 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *) 5560 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))), 5561 &intreg); 5562 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value; 5563 } 5564 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) 5565 { 5566 Elf32_RegInfo intreg; 5567 5568 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in 5569 (abfd, 5570 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *) 5571 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))), 5572 &intreg); 5573 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value; 5574 } 5575 l += intopt.size; 5576 } 5577 free (contents); 5578 } 5579 5580 return TRUE; 5581} 5582 5583/* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the 5584 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is 5585 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ 5586 5587bfd_boolean 5588_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec) 5589{ 5590 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); 5591 5592 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0) 5593 { 5594 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST; 5595 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib); 5596 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */ 5597 } 5598 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0) 5599 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT; 5600 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab.")) 5601 { 5602 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB; 5603 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); 5604 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */ 5605 } 5606 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0) 5607 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE; 5608 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0) 5609 { 5610 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG; 5611 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an 5612 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */ 5613 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) 5614 hdr->sh_entsize = 0; 5615 else 5616 hdr->sh_entsize = 1; 5617 } 5618 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0) 5619 { 5620 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO; 5621 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an 5622 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */ 5623 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) 5624 { 5625 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) 5626 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo); 5627 else 5628 hdr->sh_entsize = 1; 5629 } 5630 else 5631 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo); 5632 } 5633 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) 5634 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0 5635 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0 5636 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0)) 5637 { 5638 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) 5639 hdr->sh_entsize = 0; 5640#if 0 5641 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */ 5642 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; 5643#endif 5644 } 5645 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0 5646 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0 5647 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 5648 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0 5649 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0 5650 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0) 5651 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL; 5652 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0) 5653 { 5654 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE; 5655 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; 5656 } 5657 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content")) 5658 { 5659 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT; 5660 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; 5661 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */ 5662 } 5663 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name)) 5664 { 5665 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS; 5666 hdr->sh_entsize = 1; 5667 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; 5668 } 5669 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")) 5670 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF; 5671 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0) 5672 { 5673 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB; 5674 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in 5675 final_write_processing. */ 5676 } 5677 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events") 5678 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel")) 5679 { 5680 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS; 5681 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; 5682 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */ 5683 } 5684 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0) 5685 { 5686 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM; 5687 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; 5688 hdr->sh_entsize = 8; 5689 } 5690 5691 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default 5692 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the 5693 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use 5694 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections. 5695 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */ 5696 5697 return TRUE; 5698} 5699 5700/* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section 5701 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. 5702 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these, 5703 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least 5704 the .scommon section. */ 5705 5706bfd_boolean 5707_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 5708 asection *sec, int *retval) 5709{ 5710 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0) 5711 { 5712 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON; 5713 return TRUE; 5714 } 5715 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0) 5716 { 5717 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON; 5718 return TRUE; 5719 } 5720 return FALSE; 5721} 5722 5723/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object 5724 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */ 5725 5726bfd_boolean 5727_bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 5728 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep, 5729 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 5730 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp) 5731{ 5732 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) 5733 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 5734 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0) 5735 { 5736 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */ 5737 *namep = NULL; 5738 return TRUE; 5739 } 5740 5741 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as 5742 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp 5743 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is 5744 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition 5745 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this 5746 is not done for them. */ 5747 if (!NEWABI_P(abfd) 5748 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) 5749 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0)) 5750 { 5751 *namep = NULL; 5752 return TRUE; 5753 } 5754 5755 switch (sym->st_shndx) 5756 { 5757 case SHN_COMMON: 5758 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically 5759 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */ 5760 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd) 5761 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS 5762 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) 5763 break; 5764 /* Fall through. */ 5765 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON: 5766 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon"); 5767 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON; 5768 *valp = sym->st_size; 5769 break; 5770 5771 case SHN_MIPS_TEXT: 5772 /* This section is used in a shared object. */ 5773 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL) 5774 { 5775 asymbol *elf_text_symbol; 5776 asection *elf_text_section; 5777 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection); 5778 5779 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 5780 if (elf_text_section == NULL) 5781 return FALSE; 5782 5783 amt = sizeof (asymbol); 5784 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 5785 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL) 5786 return FALSE; 5787 5788 /* Initialize the section. */ 5789 5790 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section; 5791 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol; 5792 5793 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol; 5794 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol; 5795 5796 elf_text_section->name = ".text"; 5797 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; 5798 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL; 5799 elf_text_section->owner = abfd; 5800 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text"; 5801 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC; 5802 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section; 5803 } 5804 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if 5805 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense, 5806 so I took it out. */ 5807 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section; 5808 break; 5809 5810 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON: 5811 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */ 5812 case SHN_MIPS_DATA: 5813 /* This section is used in a shared object. */ 5814 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL) 5815 { 5816 asymbol *elf_data_symbol; 5817 asection *elf_data_section; 5818 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection); 5819 5820 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 5821 if (elf_data_section == NULL) 5822 return FALSE; 5823 5824 amt = sizeof (asymbol); 5825 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 5826 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL) 5827 return FALSE; 5828 5829 /* Initialize the section. */ 5830 5831 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section; 5832 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol; 5833 5834 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol; 5835 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol; 5836 5837 elf_data_section->name = ".data"; 5838 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; 5839 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL; 5840 elf_data_section->owner = abfd; 5841 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data"; 5842 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC; 5843 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section; 5844 } 5845 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if 5846 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense, 5847 so I took it out. */ 5848 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section; 5849 break; 5850 5851 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED: 5852 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr; 5853 break; 5854 } 5855 5856 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) 5857 && ! info->shared 5858 && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec 5859 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0) 5860 { 5861 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 5862 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh; 5863 5864 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */ 5865 bh = NULL; 5866 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol 5867 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE, 5868 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) 5869 return FALSE; 5870 5871 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; 5872 h->non_elf = 0; 5873 h->def_regular = 1; 5874 h->type = STT_OBJECT; 5875 5876 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) 5877 return FALSE; 5878 5879 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE; 5880 } 5881 5882 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it 5883 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with 5884 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */ 5885 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) 5886 ++*valp; 5887 5888 return TRUE; 5889} 5890 5891/* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global 5892 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is 5893 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */ 5894 5895bfd_boolean 5896_bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook 5897 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 5898 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 5899 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5900{ 5901 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then 5902 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small 5903 common in the output file. */ 5904 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON 5905 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0) 5906 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON; 5907 5908 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) 5909 sym->st_value &= ~1; 5910 5911 return TRUE; 5912} 5913 5914/* Functions for the dynamic linker. */ 5915 5916/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */ 5917 5918bfd_boolean 5919_bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 5920{ 5921 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 5922 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh; 5923 flagword flags; 5924 register asection *s; 5925 const char * const *namep; 5926 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 5927 5928 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 5929 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY 5930 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY); 5931 5932 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks 5933 EABI doesn't. */ 5934 if (!htab->is_vxworks) 5935 { 5936 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); 5937 if (s != NULL) 5938 { 5939 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)) 5940 return FALSE; 5941 } 5942 } 5943 5944 /* We need to create .got section. */ 5945 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE)) 5946 return FALSE; 5947 5948 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE)) 5949 return FALSE; 5950 5951 /* Create .stub section. */ 5952 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, 5953 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL) 5954 { 5955 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, 5956 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd), 5957 flags | SEC_CODE); 5958 if (s == NULL 5959 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 5960 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) 5961 return FALSE; 5962 } 5963 5964 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none) 5965 && !info->shared 5966 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL) 5967 { 5968 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map", 5969 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY); 5970 if (s == NULL 5971 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 5972 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) 5973 return FALSE; 5974 } 5975 5976 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the 5977 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation 5978 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that 5979 the linker takes such action. */ 5980 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5) 5981 { 5982 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++) 5983 { 5984 bh = NULL; 5985 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol 5986 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0, 5987 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) 5988 return FALSE; 5989 5990 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; 5991 h->non_elf = 0; 5992 h->def_regular = 1; 5993 h->type = STT_SECTION; 5994 5995 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) 5996 return FALSE; 5997 } 5998 5999 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */ 6000 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) 6001 { 6002 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info)) 6003 return FALSE; 6004 } 6005 6006 /* Change alignments of some sections. */ 6007 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash"); 6008 if (s != NULL) 6009 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); 6010 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); 6011 if (s != NULL) 6012 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); 6013 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); 6014 if (s != NULL) 6015 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); 6016 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); 6017 if (s != NULL) 6018 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); 6019 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); 6020 if (s != NULL) 6021 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); 6022 } 6023 6024 if (!info->shared) 6025 { 6026 const char *name; 6027 6028 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING"; 6029 bh = NULL; 6030 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol 6031 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0, 6032 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) 6033 return FALSE; 6034 6035 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; 6036 h->non_elf = 0; 6037 h->def_regular = 1; 6038 h->type = STT_SECTION; 6039 6040 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) 6041 return FALSE; 6042 6043 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head) 6044 { 6045 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section 6046 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to 6047 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in 6048 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */ 6049 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map"); 6050 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 6051 6052 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP"; 6053 bh = NULL; 6054 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol 6055 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE, 6056 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) 6057 return FALSE; 6058 6059 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; 6060 h->non_elf = 0; 6061 h->def_regular = 1; 6062 h->type = STT_OBJECT; 6063 6064 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) 6065 return FALSE; 6066 } 6067 } 6068 6069 if (htab->is_vxworks) 6070 { 6071 /* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections. 6072 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */ 6073 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) 6074 return FALSE; 6075 6076 /* Cache the sections created above. */ 6077 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss"); 6078 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss"); 6079 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt"); 6080 htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); 6081 if (!htab->sdynbss 6082 || (!htab->srelbss && !info->shared) 6083 || !htab->srelplt 6084 || !htab->splt) 6085 abort (); 6086 6087 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */ 6088 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) 6089 return FALSE; 6090 6091 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */ 6092 if (info->shared) 6093 { 6094 htab->plt_header_size 6095 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); 6096 htab->plt_entry_size 6097 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry); 6098 } 6099 else 6100 { 6101 htab->plt_header_size 6102 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry); 6103 htab->plt_entry_size 6104 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry); 6105 } 6106 } 6107 6108 return TRUE; 6109} 6110 6111/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and 6112 allocate space in the global offset table. */ 6113 6114bfd_boolean 6115_bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 6116 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) 6117{ 6118 const char *name; 6119 bfd *dynobj; 6120 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 6121 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 6122 struct mips_got_info *g; 6123 size_t extsymoff; 6124 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 6125 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; 6126 asection *sgot; 6127 asection *sreloc; 6128 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 6129 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 6130 6131 if (info->relocatable) 6132 return TRUE; 6133 6134 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 6135 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 6136 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 6137 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); 6138 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info; 6139 6140 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */ 6141 6142 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); 6143 if (FN_STUB_P (name)) 6144 { 6145 unsigned long r_symndx; 6146 6147 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol 6148 this is for. */ 6149 6150 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info); 6151 6152 if (r_symndx < extsymoff 6153 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL) 6154 { 6155 asection *o; 6156 6157 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be 6158 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other 6159 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */ 6160 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) 6161 { 6162 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs; 6163 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend; 6164 6165 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */ 6166 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 6167 || o->reloc_count == 0 6168 || mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, o)) 6169 continue; 6170 6171 sec_relocs 6172 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL, 6173 info->keep_memory); 6174 if (sec_relocs == NULL) 6175 return FALSE; 6176 6177 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count; 6178 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++) 6179 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx 6180 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26) 6181 break; 6182 6183 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs) 6184 free (sec_relocs); 6185 6186 if (r < rend) 6187 break; 6188 } 6189 6190 if (o == NULL) 6191 { 6192 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do 6193 not need it. Since this function is called before 6194 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we 6195 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE 6196 flag. */ 6197 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 6198 return TRUE; 6199 } 6200 6201 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for 6202 this BFD. */ 6203 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL) 6204 { 6205 unsigned long symcount; 6206 asection **n; 6207 bfd_size_type amt; 6208 6209 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) 6210 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr); 6211 else 6212 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 6213 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *); 6214 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 6215 if (n == NULL) 6216 return FALSE; 6217 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n; 6218 } 6219 6220 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 6221 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec; 6222 6223 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case. 6224 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through 6225 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set 6226 it here, because we just have a local stub. */ 6227 } 6228 else 6229 { 6230 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; 6231 6232 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) 6233 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]); 6234 6235 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 6236 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 6237 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 6238 6239 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */ 6240 6241 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we 6242 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since 6243 this function is called before the linker maps input sections 6244 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the 6245 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */ 6246 if (h->fn_stub != NULL) 6247 { 6248 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 6249 return TRUE; 6250 } 6251 6252 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 6253 h->fn_stub = sec; 6254 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE; 6255 } 6256 } 6257 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)) 6258 { 6259 unsigned long r_symndx; 6260 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; 6261 asection **loc; 6262 6263 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol 6264 this is for. */ 6265 6266 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info); 6267 6268 if (r_symndx < extsymoff 6269 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL) 6270 { 6271 asection *o; 6272 6273 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be 6274 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD 6275 that refers to this symbol. */ 6276 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) 6277 { 6278 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs; 6279 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend; 6280 6281 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */ 6282 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 6283 || o->reloc_count == 0 6284 || mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, o)) 6285 continue; 6286 6287 sec_relocs 6288 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL, 6289 info->keep_memory); 6290 if (sec_relocs == NULL) 6291 return FALSE; 6292 6293 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count; 6294 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++) 6295 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx 6296 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26) 6297 break; 6298 6299 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs) 6300 free (sec_relocs); 6301 6302 if (r < rend) 6303 break; 6304 } 6305 6306 if (o == NULL) 6307 { 6308 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do 6309 not need it. Since this function is called before 6310 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we 6311 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE 6312 flag. */ 6313 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 6314 return TRUE; 6315 } 6316 6317 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for 6318 this BFD. */ 6319 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL) 6320 { 6321 unsigned long symcount; 6322 asection **n; 6323 bfd_size_type amt; 6324 6325 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) 6326 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr); 6327 else 6328 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 6329 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *); 6330 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 6331 if (n == NULL) 6332 return FALSE; 6333 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n; 6334 } 6335 6336 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 6337 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec; 6338 6339 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case. 6340 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through 6341 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set 6342 it here, because we just have a local stub. */ 6343 } 6344 else 6345 { 6346 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) 6347 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]); 6348 6349 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */ 6350 6351 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)) 6352 loc = &h->call_fp_stub; 6353 else 6354 loc = &h->call_stub; 6355 6356 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we 6357 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since 6358 this function is called before the linker maps input sections 6359 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the 6360 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */ 6361 if (*loc != NULL) 6362 { 6363 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 6364 return TRUE; 6365 } 6366 6367 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 6368 *loc = sec; 6369 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE; 6370 } 6371 } 6372 6373 if (dynobj == NULL) 6374 { 6375 sgot = NULL; 6376 g = NULL; 6377 } 6378 else 6379 { 6380 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); 6381 if (sgot == NULL) 6382 g = NULL; 6383 else 6384 { 6385 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); 6386 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; 6387 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 6388 } 6389 } 6390 6391 sreloc = NULL; 6392 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 6393 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; 6394 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel) 6395 { 6396 unsigned long r_symndx; 6397 unsigned int r_type; 6398 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 6399 6400 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info); 6401 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info); 6402 6403 if (r_symndx < extsymoff) 6404 h = NULL; 6405 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr)) 6406 { 6407 (*_bfd_error_handler) 6408 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"), 6409 abfd, name); 6410 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 6411 return FALSE; 6412 } 6413 else 6414 { 6415 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]; 6416 6417 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */ 6418 if (h != NULL) 6419 { 6420 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) 6421 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 6422 } 6423 } 6424 6425 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */ 6426 if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL) 6427 { 6428 switch (r_type) 6429 { 6430 case R_MIPS_GOT16: 6431 case R_MIPS_CALL16: 6432 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: 6433 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: 6434 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: 6435 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: 6436 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: 6437 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: 6438 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: 6439 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: 6440 case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: 6441 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: 6442 if (dynobj == NULL) 6443 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; 6444 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE)) 6445 return FALSE; 6446 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot); 6447 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared) 6448 { 6449 (*_bfd_error_handler) 6450 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"), 6451 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset); 6452 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 6453 return FALSE; 6454 } 6455 break; 6456 6457 case R_MIPS_32: 6458 case R_MIPS_REL32: 6459 case R_MIPS_64: 6460 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols 6461 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's 6462 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */ 6463 if (dynobj == NULL 6464 && (info->shared || (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)) 6465 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 6466 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; 6467 break; 6468 6469 default: 6470 break; 6471 } 6472 } 6473 6474 if (h) 6475 { 6476 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_relocation_target = TRUE; 6477 6478 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and 6479 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate 6480 room for them in .rela.dyn. */ 6481 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h)) 6482 { 6483 if (sreloc == NULL) 6484 { 6485 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE); 6486 if (sreloc == NULL) 6487 return FALSE; 6488 } 6489 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1); 6490 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec)) 6491 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are 6492 relocations against the text segment. */ 6493 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 6494 } 6495 } 6496 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 6497 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 6498 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP 6499 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 && htab->is_vxworks)) 6500 { 6501 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We 6502 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the 6503 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of 6504 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and 6505 R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations 6506 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or 6507 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an 6508 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */ 6509 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx, 6510 rel->r_addend, g, 0)) 6511 return FALSE; 6512 } 6513 6514 switch (r_type) 6515 { 6516 case R_MIPS_CALL16: 6517 if (h == NULL) 6518 { 6519 (*_bfd_error_handler) 6520 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"), 6521 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset); 6522 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 6523 return FALSE; 6524 } 6525 /* Fall through. */ 6526 6527 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: 6528 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: 6529 if (h != NULL) 6530 { 6531 /* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt 6532 entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol. 6533 Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */ 6534 if (!htab->is_vxworks 6535 && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0)) 6536 return FALSE; 6537 6538 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined 6539 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See 6540 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */ 6541 h->needs_plt = 1; 6542 h->type = STT_FUNC; 6543 } 6544 break; 6545 6546 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: 6547 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will 6548 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */ 6549 if (h == NULL) 6550 break; 6551 else 6552 { 6553 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips = 6554 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6555 6556 while (hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 6557 || hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 6558 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) 6559 hmips->root.root.u.i.link; 6560 6561 if (hmips->root.def_regular 6562 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic 6563 && ! hmips->root.forced_local)) 6564 break; 6565 } 6566 /* Fall through. */ 6567 6568 case R_MIPS_GOT16: 6569 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: 6570 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: 6571 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: 6572 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0)) 6573 return FALSE; 6574 break; 6575 6576 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: 6577 if (info->shared) 6578 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 6579 /* Fall through */ 6580 6581 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: 6582 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM) 6583 { 6584 r_symndx = 0; 6585 h = NULL; 6586 } 6587 /* Fall through */ 6588 6589 case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: 6590 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two 6591 for TLS GD relocations. */ 6592 { 6593 unsigned char flag = (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD 6594 ? GOT_TLS_GD 6595 : r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM 6596 ? GOT_TLS_LDM 6597 : GOT_TLS_IE); 6598 if (h != NULL) 6599 { 6600 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips = 6601 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6602 hmips->tls_type |= flag; 6603 6604 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, flag)) 6605 return FALSE; 6606 } 6607 else 6608 { 6609 BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != 0); 6610 6611 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx, 6612 rel->r_addend, g, flag)) 6613 return FALSE; 6614 } 6615 } 6616 break; 6617 6618 case R_MIPS_32: 6619 case R_MIPS_REL32: 6620 case R_MIPS_64: 6621 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols 6622 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's 6623 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */ 6624 if ((info->shared || (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)) 6625 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 6626 { 6627 if (sreloc == NULL) 6628 { 6629 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE); 6630 if (sreloc == NULL) 6631 return FALSE; 6632 } 6633 if (info->shared) 6634 { 6635 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these 6636 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32 6637 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */ 6638 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1); 6639 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec)) 6640 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are 6641 relocations against the text segment. */ 6642 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 6643 } 6644 else 6645 { 6646 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; 6647 6648 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is 6649 defined in a dynamic object. */ 6650 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6651 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs; 6652 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec)) 6653 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there 6654 are relocations against the text segment. */ 6655 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE; 6656 } 6657 6658 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for 6659 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol 6660 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are 6661 dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply 6662 to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling 6663 between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */ 6664 if (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks) 6665 { 6666 if (dynobj == NULL) 6667 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; 6668 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE)) 6669 return FALSE; 6670 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot); 6671 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0)) 6672 return FALSE; 6673 } 6674 } 6675 6676 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) 6677 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size += 6678 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo); 6679 break; 6680 6681 case R_MIPS_PC16: 6682 if (h) 6683 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_branch_target = TRUE; 6684 break; 6685 6686 case R_MIPS_26: 6687 if (h) 6688 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_branch_target = TRUE; 6689 /* Fall through. */ 6690 6691 case R_MIPS_GPREL16: 6692 case R_MIPS_LITERAL: 6693 case R_MIPS_GPREL32: 6694 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) 6695 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size += 6696 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo); 6697 break; 6698 6699 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. 6700 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ 6701 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: 6702 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) 6703 return FALSE; 6704 break; 6705 6706 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually 6707 used. Record for later use during GC. */ 6708 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: 6709 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) 6710 return FALSE; 6711 break; 6712 6713 default: 6714 break; 6715 } 6716 6717 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations 6718 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to 6719 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of 6720 a normal .got entry. */ 6721 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL) 6722 switch (r_type) 6723 { 6724 default: 6725 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE; 6726 break; 6727 case R_MIPS_CALL16: 6728 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: 6729 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: 6730 case R_MIPS_JALR: 6731 break; 6732 } 6733 6734 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global 6735 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one. 6736 References from a stub section do not count. */ 6737 if (h != NULL 6738 && r_type != R_MIPS16_26 6739 && !mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, sec)) 6740 { 6741 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh; 6742 6743 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6744 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE; 6745 } 6746 } 6747 6748 return TRUE; 6749} 6750 6751bfd_boolean 6752_bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, 6753 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, 6754 bfd_boolean *again) 6755{ 6756 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; 6757 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; 6758 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 6759 bfd_byte *contents = NULL; 6760 size_t extsymoff; 6761 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE; 6762 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; 6763 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; 6764 6765 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */ 6766 *again = FALSE; 6767 6768 if (link_info->relocatable) 6769 return TRUE; 6770 6771 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL, 6772 link_info->keep_memory); 6773 if (internal_relocs == NULL) 6774 return TRUE; 6775 6776 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count 6777 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; 6778 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 6779 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info; 6780 6781 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) 6782 { 6783 bfd_vma symval; 6784 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset; 6785 unsigned int r_type; 6786 unsigned long r_symndx; 6787 asection *sym_sec; 6788 unsigned long instruction; 6789 6790 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked 6791 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to. 6792 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */ 6793 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info); 6794 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR) 6795 continue; 6796 6797 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info); 6798 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */ 6799 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff) 6800 { 6801 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h 6802 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) 6803 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]); 6804 6805 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 6806 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 6807 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 6808 6809 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden, 6810 skip it. */ 6811 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 6812 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 6813 && h->root.root.u.def.section) 6814 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic 6815 && !h->root.forced_local)) 6816 continue; 6817 6818 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; 6819 if (sym_sec->output_section) 6820 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value 6821 + sym_sec->output_section->vma 6822 + sym_sec->output_offset); 6823 else 6824 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value; 6825 } 6826 else 6827 { 6828 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 6829 6830 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */ 6831 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0) 6832 { 6833 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; 6834 if (isymbuf == NULL) 6835 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 6836 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, 6837 NULL, NULL, NULL); 6838 if (isymbuf == NULL) 6839 goto relax_return; 6840 } 6841 6842 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx; 6843 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) 6844 continue; 6845 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) 6846 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 6847 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) 6848 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr; 6849 else 6850 sym_sec 6851 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); 6852 symval = isym->st_value 6853 + sym_sec->output_section->vma 6854 + sym_sec->output_offset; 6855 } 6856 6857 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the 6858 branch target. */ 6859 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend) 6860 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4); 6861 6862 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */ 6863 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0) 6864 continue; 6865 6866 sym_offset >>= 2; 6867 6868 /* Check that it's in range. */ 6869 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000) 6870 continue; 6871 6872 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */ 6873 if (contents == NULL) 6874 { 6875 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */ 6876 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) 6877 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; 6878 else 6879 { 6880 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) 6881 goto relax_return; 6882 } 6883 } 6884 6885 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset); 6886 6887 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */ 6888 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809) 6889 instruction = 0x04110000; 6890 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */ 6891 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008) 6892 instruction = 0x10000000; 6893 else 6894 continue; 6895 6896 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff); 6897 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset); 6898 changed_contents = TRUE; 6899 } 6900 6901 if (contents != NULL 6902 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6903 { 6904 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory) 6905 free (contents); 6906 else 6907 { 6908 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ 6909 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; 6910 } 6911 } 6912 return TRUE; 6913 6914 relax_return: 6915 if (contents != NULL 6916 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6917 free (contents); 6918 return FALSE; 6919} 6920 6921/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a 6922 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the 6923 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to 6924 change the definition to something the rest of the link can 6925 understand. */ 6926 6927bfd_boolean 6928_bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 6929 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 6930{ 6931 bfd *dynobj; 6932 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; 6933 asection *s; 6934 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 6935 6936 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 6937 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 6938 6939 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ 6940 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL 6941 && (h->needs_plt 6942 || h->u.weakdef != NULL 6943 || (h->def_dynamic 6944 && h->ref_regular 6945 && !h->def_regular))); 6946 6947 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy 6948 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output 6949 file. */ 6950 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6951 if (! info->relocatable 6952 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0 6953 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak 6954 || !h->def_regular)) 6955 { 6956 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations 6957 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs); 6958 if (hmips->readonly_reloc) 6959 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations 6960 against the text segment. */ 6961 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 6962 } 6963 6964 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */ 6965 if (! hmips->no_fn_stub 6966 && h->needs_plt) 6967 { 6968 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 6969 return TRUE; 6970 6971 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set 6972 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make 6973 function pointers compare as equal between the normal 6974 executable and the shared library. */ 6975 if (!h->def_regular) 6976 { 6977 /* We need .stub section. */ 6978 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, 6979 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)); 6980 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 6981 6982 h->root.u.def.section = s; 6983 h->root.u.def.value = s->size; 6984 6985 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */ 6986 h->plt.offset = s->size; 6987 6988 /* Make room for this stub code. */ 6989 s->size += htab->function_stub_size; 6990 6991 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index 6992 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */ 6993 return TRUE; 6994 } 6995 } 6996 else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC) 6997 && !h->needs_plt) 6998 { 6999 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and 7000 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */ 7001 h->root.u.def.value = 0; 7002 return TRUE; 7003 } 7004 7005 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the 7006 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the 7007 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ 7008 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) 7009 { 7010 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 7011 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); 7012 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; 7013 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; 7014 return TRUE; 7015 } 7016 7017 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which 7018 is not a function. */ 7019 7020 return TRUE; 7021} 7022 7023/* Likewise, for VxWorks. */ 7024 7025bfd_boolean 7026_bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 7027 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 7028{ 7029 bfd *dynobj; 7030 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; 7031 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 7032 7033 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 7034 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 7035 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 7036 7037 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ 7038 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL 7039 && (h->needs_plt 7040 || h->needs_copy 7041 || h->u.weakdef != NULL 7042 || (h->def_dynamic 7043 && h->ref_regular 7044 && !h->def_regular))); 7045 7046 /* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if 7047 either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an 7048 executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter 7049 case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's 7050 load stub. */ 7051 if ((hmips->is_branch_target 7052 || (!info->shared 7053 && h->type == STT_FUNC 7054 && hmips->is_relocation_target)) 7055 && h->def_dynamic 7056 && h->ref_regular 7057 && !h->def_regular 7058 && !h->forced_local) 7059 h->needs_plt = 1; 7060 7061 /* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to 7062 the functions directly. */ 7063 else if (h->needs_plt 7064 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 7065 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT 7066 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))) 7067 { 7068 h->needs_plt = 0; 7069 return TRUE; 7070 } 7071 7072 if (h->needs_plt) 7073 { 7074 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room 7075 for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */ 7076 if (htab->splt->size == 0) 7077 { 7078 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size; 7079 if (!info->shared) 7080 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 7081 } 7082 7083 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */ 7084 h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size; 7085 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size; 7086 7087 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the 7088 symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables, 7089 point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub; 7090 this stub will become the canonical function address. */ 7091 if (!h->def_regular) 7092 { 7093 h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt; 7094 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset; 7095 if (!info->shared) 7096 h->root.u.def.value += 8; 7097 } 7098 7099 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */ 7100 htab->sgotplt->size += 4; 7101 htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 7102 7103 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */ 7104 if (!info->shared) 7105 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 7106 7107 return TRUE; 7108 } 7109 7110 /* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not 7111 need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */ 7112 if (h->type == STT_FUNC 7113 && h->def_dynamic 7114 && h->ref_regular 7115 && !h->def_regular) 7116 { 7117 h->root.u.def.value = 0; 7118 return TRUE; 7119 } 7120 7121 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the 7122 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the 7123 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ 7124 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) 7125 { 7126 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 7127 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); 7128 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; 7129 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; 7130 return TRUE; 7131 } 7132 7133 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which 7134 is not a function. */ 7135 if (info->shared) 7136 return TRUE; 7137 7138 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will 7139 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be 7140 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic 7141 object will contain position independent code, so all references 7142 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global 7143 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to 7144 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so 7145 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the 7146 same memory location for the variable. */ 7147 7148 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 7149 { 7150 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 7151 h->needs_copy = 1; 7152 } 7153 7154 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss); 7155} 7156 7157/* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD. 7158 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how 7159 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at 7160 the current linking stage. */ 7161 7162static bfd_size_type 7163count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 7164{ 7165 bfd_size_type count; 7166 7167 count = 0; 7168 if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable) 7169 { 7170 asection *p; 7171 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 7172 7173 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); 7174 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next) 7175 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 7176 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 7177 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p)) 7178 ++count; 7179 } 7180 return count; 7181} 7182 7183/* This function is called after all the input files have been read, 7184 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We 7185 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */ 7186 7187bfd_boolean 7188_bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 7189 struct bfd_link_info *info) 7190{ 7191 asection *ri; 7192 7193 bfd *dynobj; 7194 asection *s; 7195 struct mips_got_info *g; 7196 int i; 7197 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0; 7198 bfd_size_type local_gotno; 7199 bfd_size_type dynsymcount; 7200 bfd *sub; 7201 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg; 7202 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 7203 7204 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 7205 7206 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */ 7207 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo"); 7208 if (ri != NULL) 7209 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); 7210 7211 if (! (info->relocatable 7212 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen)) 7213 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info), 7214 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, NULL); 7215 7216 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 7217 if (dynobj == NULL) 7218 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */ 7219 return TRUE; 7220 7221 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s); 7222 if (s == NULL) 7223 return TRUE; 7224 7225 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That 7226 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries 7227 required. */ 7228 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next) 7229 { 7230 asection *subsection; 7231 7232 for (subsection = sub->sections; 7233 subsection; 7234 subsection = subsection->next) 7235 { 7236 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) 7237 continue; 7238 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf) 7239 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf); 7240 } 7241 } 7242 7243 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with 7244 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or 7245 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols 7246 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We 7247 do that here. */ 7248 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1)) 7249 return FALSE; 7250 7251 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL) 7252 i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx; 7253 else 7254 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring 7255 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */ 7256 i = 0; 7257 7258 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed. 7259 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols 7260 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will 7261 be needed. */ 7262 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount 7263 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info)); 7264 7265 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */ 7266 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000 7267 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 7268 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE); 7269 7270 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus 7271 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX 7272 rld. */ 7273 loadable_size += htab->function_stub_size * (i + 1); 7274 7275 if (htab->is_vxworks) 7276 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16 7277 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does 7278 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */ 7279 local_gotno = 0; 7280 else 7281 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous 7282 sections. Is 5 enough? */ 7283 local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5; 7284 7285 g->local_gotno += local_gotno; 7286 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); 7287 7288 g->global_gotno = i; 7289 s->size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); 7290 7291 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point 7292 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting 7293 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */ 7294 count_tls_arg.info = info; 7295 count_tls_arg.needed = 0; 7296 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), 7297 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries, 7298 &count_tls_arg); 7299 g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed; 7300 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); 7301 7302 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g); 7303 7304 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to 7305 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the 7306 dynamic loader. */ 7307 if (!htab->is_vxworks && s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)) 7308 { 7309 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, local_gotno)) 7310 return FALSE; 7311 } 7312 else 7313 { 7314 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */ 7315 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno; 7316 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g); 7317 } 7318 7319 return TRUE; 7320} 7321 7322/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ 7323 7324bfd_boolean 7325_bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 7326 struct bfd_link_info *info) 7327{ 7328 bfd *dynobj; 7329 asection *s, *sreldyn; 7330 bfd_boolean reltext; 7331 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 7332 7333 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 7334 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 7335 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL); 7336 7337 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 7338 { 7339 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ 7340 if (info->executable) 7341 { 7342 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp"); 7343 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 7344 s->size 7345 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1; 7346 s->contents 7347 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd); 7348 } 7349 } 7350 7351 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have 7352 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate 7353 memory for them. */ 7354 reltext = FALSE; 7355 sreldyn = NULL; 7356 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 7357 { 7358 const char *name; 7359 7360 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none 7361 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */ 7362 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s); 7363 7364 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) 7365 continue; 7366 7367 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel")) 7368 { 7369 if (s->size != 0) 7370 { 7371 const char *outname; 7372 asection *target; 7373 7374 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only 7375 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry. 7376 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always 7377 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether 7378 there exists a relocation to a read only section or 7379 not. */ 7380 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, 7381 s->output_section); 7382 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4); 7383 if ((target != NULL 7384 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0 7385 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 7386 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0) 7387 reltext = TRUE; 7388 7389 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need 7390 to copy relocs into the output file. */ 7391 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0) 7392 s->reloc_count = 0; 7393 7394 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will 7395 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do, 7396 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it 7397 will move them around between input sections' 7398 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be 7399 broken, so don't let it run. */ 7400 info->combreloc = 0; 7401 } 7402 } 7403 else if (htab->is_vxworks && strcmp (name, ".got") == 0) 7404 { 7405 /* Executables do not need a GOT. */ 7406 if (info->shared) 7407 { 7408 /* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */ 7409 struct mips_got_info *g; 7410 unsigned int count; 7411 7412 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL); 7413 count = (g->global_gotno 7414 + g->local_gotno 7415 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info)); 7416 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count); 7417 } 7418 } 7419 else if (!htab->is_vxworks && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")) 7420 { 7421 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done 7422 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped 7423 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries 7424 hash tables. */ 7425 struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL); 7426 struct mips_got_info *g = gg; 7427 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg; 7428 unsigned int needed_relocs = 0; 7429 7430 if (gg->next) 7431 { 7432 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); 7433 set_got_offset_arg.info = info; 7434 7435 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever 7436 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all 7437 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */ 7438 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg); 7439 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next) 7440 { 7441 unsigned int save_assign; 7442 7443 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g); 7444 7445 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */ 7446 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno; 7447 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno; 7448 set_got_offset_arg.g = g; 7449 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0; 7450 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, 7451 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset, 7452 &set_got_offset_arg); 7453 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs; 7454 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno 7455 <= g->global_gotno); 7456 7457 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign; 7458 if (info->shared) 7459 { 7460 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno; 7461 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno 7462 + g->next->global_gotno 7463 + g->next->tls_gotno 7464 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info)); 7465 } 7466 } 7467 } 7468 else 7469 { 7470 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg; 7471 arg.info = info; 7472 arg.needed = 0; 7473 7474 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs, 7475 &arg); 7476 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), 7477 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs, 7478 &arg); 7479 7480 needed_relocs += arg.needed; 7481 } 7482 7483 if (needed_relocs) 7484 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 7485 needed_relocs); 7486 } 7487 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0) 7488 { 7489 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end 7490 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */ 7491 s->size += htab->function_stub_size; 7492 } 7493 else if (! info->shared 7494 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head 7495 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map")) 7496 { 7497 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the 7498 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */ 7499 s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd); 7500 } 7501 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) 7502 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel")) 7503 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size; 7504 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init") 7505 && s != htab->sgotplt 7506 && s != htab->splt) 7507 { 7508 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ 7509 continue; 7510 } 7511 7512 if (s->size == 0) 7513 { 7514 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 7515 continue; 7516 } 7517 7518 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) 7519 continue; 7520 7521 /* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its 7522 size above. */ 7523 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0) 7524 { 7525 sreldyn = s; 7526 continue; 7527 } 7528 7529 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */ 7530 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size); 7531 if (s->contents == NULL) 7532 { 7533 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); 7534 return FALSE; 7535 } 7536 } 7537 7538 /* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */ 7539 if (sreldyn != NULL) 7540 { 7541 sreldyn->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, sreldyn->size); 7542 if (sreldyn->contents == NULL) 7543 { 7544 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); 7545 return FALSE; 7546 } 7547 } 7548 7549 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 7550 { 7551 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the 7552 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we 7553 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for 7554 the .dynamic section. */ 7555 7556 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the 7557 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc 7558 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and GDB only 7559 looks at the first one it sees. */ 7560 if (!info->shared 7561 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0)) 7562 return FALSE; 7563 7564 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and 7565 used by the debugger. */ 7566 if (info->executable 7567 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) 7568 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0)) 7569 return FALSE; 7570 7571 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks)) 7572 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 7573 7574 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) 7575 { 7576 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0)) 7577 return FALSE; 7578 7579 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we 7580 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because 7581 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame 7582 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */ 7583 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL; 7584 } 7585 7586 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0)) 7587 return FALSE; 7588 7589 if (htab->is_vxworks) 7590 { 7591 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not 7592 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */ 7593 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE)) 7594 { 7595 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0)) 7596 return FALSE; 7597 7598 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0)) 7599 return FALSE; 7600 7601 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0)) 7602 return FALSE; 7603 } 7604 if (htab->splt->size > 0) 7605 { 7606 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0)) 7607 return FALSE; 7608 7609 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0)) 7610 return FALSE; 7611 7612 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)) 7613 return FALSE; 7614 } 7615 } 7616 else 7617 { 7618 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE)) 7619 { 7620 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0)) 7621 return FALSE; 7622 7623 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0)) 7624 return FALSE; 7625 7626 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0)) 7627 return FALSE; 7628 } 7629 7630 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0)) 7631 return FALSE; 7632 7633 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0)) 7634 return FALSE; 7635 7636 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0)) 7637 return FALSE; 7638 7639 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0)) 7640 return FALSE; 7641 7642 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0)) 7643 return FALSE; 7644 7645 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0)) 7646 return FALSE; 7647 7648 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0)) 7649 return FALSE; 7650 7651 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5 7652 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0)) 7653 return FALSE; 7654 7655 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6 7656 && (bfd_get_section_by_name 7657 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj))) 7658 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0)) 7659 return FALSE; 7660 } 7661 } 7662 7663 return TRUE; 7664} 7665 7666/* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD. 7667 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file. 7668 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols 7669 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */ 7670 7671static void 7672mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 7673 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, 7674 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 7675{ 7676 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx; 7677 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 7678 asection *sec; 7679 7680 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections, FALSE)) 7681 { 7682 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info); 7683 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL 7684 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16 7685 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32 7686 || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL) 7687 { 7688 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd); 7689 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd); 7690 } 7691 7692 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info); 7693 sym = local_syms + r_symndx; 7694 7695 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */ 7696 if (!info->relocatable) 7697 { 7698 sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; 7699 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); 7700 } 7701 7702 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */ 7703 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) 7704 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset; 7705 } 7706} 7707 7708/* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */ 7709 7710bfd_boolean 7711_bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 7712 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section, 7713 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, 7714 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, 7715 asection **local_sections) 7716{ 7717 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 7718 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; 7719 bfd_vma addend = 0; 7720 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE; 7721 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 7722 7723 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); 7724 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; 7725 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel) 7726 { 7727 const char *name; 7728 bfd_vma value = 0; 7729 reloc_howto_type *howto; 7730 bfd_boolean require_jalx; 7731 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a 7732 REL relocation. */ 7733 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE; 7734 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info); 7735 const char *msg; 7736 unsigned long r_symndx; 7737 asection *sec; 7738 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 7739 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 7740 7741 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */ 7742 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, 7743 NEWABI_P (input_bfd) 7744 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P 7745 (input_bfd, input_section, 7746 rel - relocs))); 7747 7748 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info); 7749 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; 7750 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections, FALSE)) 7751 { 7752 sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; 7753 h = NULL; 7754 } 7755 else 7756 { 7757 unsigned long extsymoff; 7758 7759 extsymoff = 0; 7760 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) 7761 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 7762 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]; 7763 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 7764 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 7765 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 7766 7767 sec = NULL; 7768 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 7769 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 7770 sec = h->root.u.def.section; 7771 } 7772 7773 if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec)) 7774 { 7775 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections, 7776 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the 7777 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */ 7778 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 7779 rel->r_info = 0; 7780 rel->r_addend = 0; 7781 continue; 7782 } 7783 7784 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd)) 7785 { 7786 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use 7787 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the 7788 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address 7789 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is 7790 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the 7791 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */ 7792 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE); 7793 7794 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position 7795 of the reloc. */ 7796 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) 7797 rel->r_offset += 4; 7798 } 7799 7800 if (!use_saved_addend_p) 7801 { 7802 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; 7803 7804 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety, 7805 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be 7806 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the 7807 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation 7808 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's 7809 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */ 7810 rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr; 7811 if ((size_t) (rel - relocs) 7812 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)) 7813 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2; 7814 if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd)) 7815 { 7816 bfd_byte *location = contents + rel->r_offset; 7817 7818 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */ 7819 rela_relocation_p = FALSE; 7820 7821 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */ 7822 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, 7823 location); 7824 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd, 7825 contents); 7826 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, 7827 location); 7828 7829 addend &= howto->src_mask; 7830 7831 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a 7832 combination of the addend stored in two different 7833 relocations. */ 7834 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16 7835 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 7836 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, 7837 local_sections, FALSE))) 7838 { 7839 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation; 7840 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto; 7841 int lo16_type; 7842 7843 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16) 7844 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16; 7845 else 7846 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16; 7847 7848 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, 7849 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16 7850 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does 7851 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of 7852 the LO16 value.) 7853 7854 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. 7855 7856 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 7857 relocation must be immediately following. 7858 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation 7859 may be a composed relocation consisting of 7860 several relocations for the same address. In 7861 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur 7862 as one of these. We permit a similar extension 7863 in general, as that is useful for GCC. 7864 7865 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes 7866 the LO16 but keeps the corresponding HI16. This 7867 is strictly speaking a violation of the ABI but 7868 not immediately harmful. */ 7869 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd, 7870 lo16_type, 7871 rel, relend); 7872 if (lo16_relocation == NULL) 7873 { 7874 const char *name; 7875 7876 if (h) 7877 name = h->root.root.string; 7878 else 7879 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, 7880 local_syms + r_symndx, 7881 sec); 7882 (*_bfd_error_handler) 7883 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"), 7884 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name, 7885 rel->r_offset); 7886 } 7887 else 7888 { 7889 bfd_byte *lo16_location; 7890 bfd_vma l; 7891 7892 lo16_location = contents + lo16_relocation->r_offset; 7893 7894 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */ 7895 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, 7896 lo16_type, FALSE); 7897 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, lo16_type, 7898 FALSE, lo16_location); 7899 l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, 7900 lo16_relocation, 7901 input_bfd, contents); 7902 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, lo16_type, 7903 FALSE, lo16_location); 7904 l &= lo16_howto->src_mask; 7905 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift; 7906 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16); 7907 7908 addend <<= 16; 7909 7910 /* Compute the combined addend. */ 7911 addend += l; 7912 } 7913 } 7914 else 7915 addend <<= howto->rightshift; 7916 } 7917 else 7918 addend = rel->r_addend; 7919 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, 7920 local_syms, local_sections, rel); 7921 } 7922 7923 if (info->relocatable) 7924 { 7925 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd) 7926 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) 7927 rel->r_offset -= 4; 7928 7929 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend) 7930 { 7931 addend += rel->r_addend; 7932 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 7933 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16) 7934 addend = mips_elf_high (addend); 7935 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER) 7936 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend); 7937 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST) 7938 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend); 7939 else 7940 addend >>= howto->rightshift; 7941 7942 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination 7943 mask because the place to which we are writing will be 7944 source of the addend in the final link. */ 7945 addend &= howto->src_mask; 7946 7947 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)) 7948 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit 7949 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be 7950 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc 7951 but for endianness. */ 7952 { 7953 bfd_vma sign_bits; 7954 bfd_vma low_bits; 7955 bfd_vma high_bits; 7956 7957 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31)) 7958#ifdef BFD64 7959 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1; 7960#else 7961 sign_bits = -1; 7962#endif 7963 else 7964 sign_bits = 0; 7965 7966 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type, 7967 do two separate stores. */ 7968 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) 7969 { 7970 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant) 7971 first. */ 7972 low_bits = sign_bits; 7973 high_bits = addend; 7974 } 7975 else 7976 { 7977 low_bits = addend; 7978 high_bits = sign_bits; 7979 } 7980 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits, 7981 contents + rel->r_offset); 7982 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits, 7983 contents + rel->r_offset + 4); 7984 continue; 7985 } 7986 7987 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend, 7988 input_bfd, input_section, 7989 contents, FALSE)) 7990 return FALSE; 7991 } 7992 7993 /* Go on to the next relocation. */ 7994 continue; 7995 } 7996 7997 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive 7998 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are 7999 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend 8000 for the next. */ 8001 if (rel + 1 < relend 8002 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset 8003 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE) 8004 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE; 8005 else 8006 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE; 8007 8008 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */ 8009 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd, 8010 input_section, info, rel, 8011 addend, howto, local_syms, 8012 local_sections, &value, 8013 &name, &require_jalx, 8014 use_saved_addend_p)) 8015 { 8016 case bfd_reloc_continue: 8017 /* There's nothing to do. */ 8018 continue; 8019 8020 case bfd_reloc_undefined: 8021 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the 8022 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in 8023 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we 8024 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */ 8025 continue; 8026 8027 case bfd_reloc_notsupported: 8028 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error"); 8029 info->callbacks->warning 8030 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); 8031 return FALSE; 8032 8033 case bfd_reloc_overflow: 8034 if (use_saved_addend_p) 8035 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for 8036 a given location. */ 8037 ; 8038 else 8039 { 8040 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL); 8041 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) 8042 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0, 8043 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset))) 8044 return FALSE; 8045 } 8046 break; 8047 8048 case bfd_reloc_ok: 8049 break; 8050 8051 default: 8052 abort (); 8053 break; 8054 } 8055 8056 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going 8057 until we reach the last one. */ 8058 if (use_saved_addend_p) 8059 { 8060 addend = value; 8061 continue; 8062 } 8063 8064 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)) 8065 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit 8066 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32; 8067 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we 8068 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a 8069 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we 8070 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with 8071 only a 32-bit VMA. */ 8072 { 8073 bfd_vma sign_bits; 8074 bfd_vma low_bits; 8075 bfd_vma high_bits; 8076 8077 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31)) 8078#ifdef BFD64 8079 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1; 8080#else 8081 sign_bits = -1; 8082#endif 8083 else 8084 sign_bits = 0; 8085 8086 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type, 8087 do two separate stores. */ 8088 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) 8089 { 8090 /* Undo what we did above. */ 8091 rel->r_offset -= 4; 8092 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant) 8093 first. */ 8094 low_bits = sign_bits; 8095 high_bits = value; 8096 } 8097 else 8098 { 8099 low_bits = value; 8100 high_bits = sign_bits; 8101 } 8102 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits, 8103 contents + rel->r_offset); 8104 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits, 8105 contents + rel->r_offset + 4); 8106 continue; 8107 } 8108 8109 /* Actually perform the relocation. */ 8110 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value, 8111 input_bfd, input_section, 8112 contents, require_jalx)) 8113 return FALSE; 8114 } 8115 8116 return TRUE; 8117} 8118 8119/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker, 8120 adjust it appropriately now. */ 8121 8122static void 8123mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 8124 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 8125{ 8126 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for 8127 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */ 8128 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = { 8129 "_ftext", 8130 "_etext", 8131 "__dso_displacement", 8132 "__elf_header", 8133 "__program_header_table", 8134 NULL 8135 }; 8136 8137 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = { 8138 "_fdata", 8139 "_edata", 8140 "_end", 8141 "_fbss", 8142 NULL 8143 }; 8144 8145 const char* const *p; 8146 int i; 8147 8148 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) 8149 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols; 8150 *p; 8151 ++p) 8152 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0) 8153 { 8154 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the 8155 IRIX6 linker. */ 8156 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); 8157 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED; 8158 8159 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */ 8160 if (i == 0) 8161 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT; 8162 else 8163 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; 8164 8165 break; 8166 } 8167} 8168 8169/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various 8170 dynamic sections here. */ 8171 8172bfd_boolean 8173_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, 8174 struct bfd_link_info *info, 8175 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 8176 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 8177{ 8178 bfd *dynobj; 8179 asection *sgot; 8180 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg; 8181 const char *name; 8182 int idx; 8183 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 8184 8185 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 8186 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 8187 8188 if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE) 8189 { 8190 asection *s; 8191 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE]; 8192 8193 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */ 8194 8195 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); 8196 8197 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, 8198 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)); 8199 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 8200 8201 BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE) 8202 || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff)); 8203 8204 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause 8205 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative 8206 index value. */ 8207 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff) 8208 return FALSE; 8209 8210 /* Fill the stub. */ 8211 idx = 0; 8212 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx); 8213 idx += 4; 8214 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx); 8215 idx += 4; 8216 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE) 8217 { 8218 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff), 8219 stub + idx); 8220 idx += 4; 8221 } 8222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx); 8223 idx += 4; 8224 8225 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a 8226 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */ 8227 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE) 8228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx); 8229 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff) 8230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx); 8231 else 8232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx), 8233 stub + idx); 8234 8235 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->size); 8236 memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, htab->function_stub_size); 8237 8238 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs 8239 only for the referenced symbol. */ 8240 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; 8241 8242 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol 8243 to reset the global offset table entry for this external 8244 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */ 8245 sym->st_value = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset 8246 + h->plt.offset); 8247 } 8248 8249 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 8250 || h->forced_local); 8251 8252 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); 8253 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); 8254 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); 8255 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; 8256 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 8257 8258 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all 8259 the symbols that need them. */ 8260 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL 8261 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx) 8262 { 8263 bfd_vma offset; 8264 bfd_vma value; 8265 8266 value = sym->st_value; 8267 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h, R_MIPS_GOT16, info); 8268 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset); 8269 } 8270 8271 if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1 && h->type != STT_TLS) 8272 { 8273 struct mips_got_entry e, *p; 8274 bfd_vma entry; 8275 bfd_vma offset; 8276 8277 gg = g; 8278 8279 e.abfd = output_bfd; 8280 e.symndx = -1; 8281 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h; 8282 e.tls_type = 0; 8283 8284 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next) 8285 { 8286 if (g->got_entries 8287 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries, 8288 &e))) 8289 { 8290 offset = p->gotidx; 8291 if (info->shared 8292 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created 8293 && p->d.h != NULL 8294 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic 8295 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular)) 8296 { 8297 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to 8298 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock 8299 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave 8300 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the 8301 appropriate addend. */ 8302 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3]; 8303 8304 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel)); 8305 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) 8306 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64); 8307 else 8308 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32); 8309 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset; 8310 8311 entry = 0; 8312 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation 8313 (output_bfd, info, rel, 8314 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot))) 8315 return FALSE; 8316 } 8317 else 8318 entry = sym->st_value; 8319 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset); 8320 } 8321 } 8322 } 8323 8324 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */ 8325 name = h->root.root.string; 8326 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0 8327 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot) 8328 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; 8329 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 8330 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0) 8331 { 8332 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; 8333 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); 8334 sym->st_value = 1; 8335 } 8336 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)) 8337 { 8338 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; 8339 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); 8340 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd); 8341 } 8342 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) 8343 { 8344 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0 8345 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0) 8346 { 8347 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); 8348 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED; 8349 sym->st_value = 0; 8350 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; 8351 } 8352 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0) 8353 { 8354 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); 8355 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED; 8356 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count; 8357 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; 8358 } 8359 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS) 8360 { 8361 if (h->type == STT_FUNC) 8362 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT; 8363 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT) 8364 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; 8365 } 8366 } 8367 8368 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */ 8369 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6) 8370 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym); 8371 8372 if (! info->shared) 8373 { 8374 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head 8375 && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0 8376 || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0)) 8377 { 8378 asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map"); 8379 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 8380 sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 8381 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, s->contents); 8382 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0) 8383 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value; 8384 } 8385 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head 8386 && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0) 8387 { 8388 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */ 8389 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5 8390 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none) 8391 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map") 8392 != NULL); 8393 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value; 8394 } 8395 } 8396 8397 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */ 8398 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) 8399 sym->st_value &= ~1; 8400 8401 return TRUE; 8402} 8403 8404/* Likewise, for VxWorks. */ 8405 8406bfd_boolean 8407_bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, 8408 struct bfd_link_info *info, 8409 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 8410 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 8411{ 8412 bfd *dynobj; 8413 asection *sgot; 8414 struct mips_got_info *g; 8415 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 8416 8417 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 8418 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 8419 8420 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 8421 { 8422 bfd_byte *loc; 8423 bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset; 8424 Elf_Internal_Rela rel; 8425 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry; 8426 8427 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); 8428 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL); 8429 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size); 8430 8431 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */ 8432 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma 8433 + htab->splt->output_offset 8434 + h->plt.offset); 8435 8436 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */ 8437 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) 8438 / htab->plt_entry_size); 8439 8440 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */ 8441 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma 8442 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset 8443 + plt_index * 4); 8444 8445 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from 8446 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 8447 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h); 8448 8449 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT 8450 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */ 8451 branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff; 8452 8453 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */ 8454 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address, 8455 htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4); 8456 8457 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */ 8458 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset; 8459 8460 if (info->shared) 8461 { 8462 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry; 8463 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc); 8464 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4); 8465 } 8466 else 8467 { 8468 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low; 8469 8470 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry; 8471 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 8472 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff; 8473 8474 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc); 8475 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4); 8476 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8); 8477 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12); 8478 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16); 8479 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20); 8480 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24); 8481 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28); 8482 8483 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents 8484 + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 8485 8486 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */ 8487 rel.r_offset = got_address; 8488 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32); 8489 rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset; 8490 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 8491 8492 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */ 8493 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8494 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8; 8495 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16); 8496 rel.r_addend = got_offset; 8497 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 8498 8499 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */ 8500 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8501 rel.r_offset += 4; 8502 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16); 8503 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 8504 } 8505 8506 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */ 8507 loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8508 rel.r_offset = got_address; 8509 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT); 8510 rel.r_addend = 0; 8511 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 8512 8513 if (!h->def_regular) 8514 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; 8515 } 8516 8517 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local); 8518 8519 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); 8520 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); 8521 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); 8522 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; 8523 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 8524 8525 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */ 8526 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL 8527 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx) 8528 { 8529 bfd_vma offset; 8530 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; 8531 bfd_byte *loc; 8532 asection *s; 8533 8534 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */ 8535 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h, 8536 R_MIPS_GOT16, info); 8537 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset); 8538 8539 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */ 8540 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 8541 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 8542 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma 8543 + sgot->output_offset 8544 + offset); 8545 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32); 8546 outrel.r_addend = 0; 8547 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc); 8548 } 8549 8550 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */ 8551 if (h->needs_copy) 8552 { 8553 Elf_Internal_Rela rel; 8554 8555 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); 8556 8557 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma 8558 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset 8559 + h->root.u.def.value); 8560 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY); 8561 rel.r_addend = 0; 8562 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, 8563 htab->srelbss->contents 8564 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count 8565 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))); 8566 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count; 8567 } 8568 8569 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */ 8570 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) 8571 sym->st_value &= ~1; 8572 8573 return TRUE; 8574} 8575 8576/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the 8577 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */ 8578 8579static void 8580mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 8581{ 8582 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 8583 bfd_byte *loc; 8584 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address; 8585 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry; 8586 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 8587 8588 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 8589 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry; 8590 8591 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 8592 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma 8593 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset 8594 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value); 8595 8596 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 8597 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff; 8598 8599 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */ 8600 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset; 8601 8602 /* Install the PLT header. */ 8603 loc = htab->splt->contents; 8604 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc); 8605 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4); 8606 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8); 8607 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12); 8608 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16); 8609 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20); 8610 8611 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */ 8612 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; 8613 rela.r_offset = plt_address; 8614 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16); 8615 rela.r_addend = 0; 8616 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 8617 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8618 8619 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of 8620 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */ 8621 rela.r_offset += 4; 8622 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16); 8623 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 8624 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8625 8626 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong 8627 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order 8628 in which symbols were output. */ 8629 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) 8630 { 8631 Elf_Internal_Rela rel; 8632 8633 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 8634 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32); 8635 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 8636 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8637 8638 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 8639 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16); 8640 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 8641 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8642 8643 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 8644 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16); 8645 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 8646 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8647 } 8648} 8649 8650/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */ 8651 8652static void 8653mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 8654{ 8655 unsigned int i; 8656 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 8657 8658 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 8659 8660 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */ 8661 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++) 8662 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i], 8663 htab->splt->contents + i * 4); 8664} 8665 8666/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ 8667 8668bfd_boolean 8669_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 8670 struct bfd_link_info *info) 8671{ 8672 bfd *dynobj; 8673 asection *sdyn; 8674 asection *sgot; 8675 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g; 8676 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 8677 8678 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 8679 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 8680 8681 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic"); 8682 8683 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); 8684 if (sgot == NULL) 8685 gg = g = NULL; 8686 else 8687 { 8688 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); 8689 gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; 8690 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL); 8691 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd); 8692 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 8693 } 8694 8695 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 8696 { 8697 bfd_byte *b; 8698 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0; 8699 8700 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL); 8701 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 8702 8703 for (b = sdyn->contents; 8704 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size; 8705 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj)) 8706 { 8707 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 8708 const char *name; 8709 size_t elemsize; 8710 asection *s; 8711 bfd_boolean swap_out_p; 8712 8713 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */ 8714 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn); 8715 8716 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */ 8717 swap_out_p = TRUE; 8718 8719 switch (dyn.d_tag) 8720 { 8721 case DT_RELENT: 8722 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj); 8723 break; 8724 8725 case DT_RELAENT: 8726 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); 8727 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj); 8728 break; 8729 8730 case DT_STRSZ: 8731 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */ 8732 dyn.d_un.d_val = 8733 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr); 8734 break; 8735 8736 case DT_PLTGOT: 8737 name = ".got"; 8738 if (htab->is_vxworks) 8739 { 8740 /* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning 8741 of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */ 8742 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, name); 8743 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 8744 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 8745 } 8746 else 8747 { 8748 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name); 8749 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 8750 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma; 8751 } 8752 break; 8753 8754 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION: 8755 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */ 8756 break; 8757 8758 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS: 8759 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */ 8760 break; 8761 8762 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP: 8763 { 8764 time_t t; 8765 time (&t); 8766 dyn.d_un.d_val = t; 8767 } 8768 break; 8769 8770 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM: 8771 /* XXX FIXME: */ 8772 swap_out_p = FALSE; 8773 break; 8774 8775 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION: 8776 /* XXX FIXME: */ 8777 swap_out_p = FALSE; 8778 break; 8779 8780 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS: 8781 s = output_bfd->sections; 8782 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 8783 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff; 8784 break; 8785 8786 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO: 8787 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno; 8788 break; 8789 8790 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO: 8791 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the 8792 entry of the first external symbol that is not 8793 referenced within the same object. */ 8794 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1; 8795 break; 8796 8797 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM: 8798 if (gg->global_gotsym) 8799 { 8800 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx; 8801 break; 8802 } 8803 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default 8804 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as 8805 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */ 8806 8807 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO: 8808 name = ".dynsym"; 8809 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd); 8810 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name); 8811 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 8812 8813 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize; 8814 break; 8815 8816 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO: 8817 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info); 8818 break; 8819 8820 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP: 8821 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value; 8822 break; 8823 8824 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS: 8825 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name 8826 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd))); 8827 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma; 8828 break; 8829 8830 case DT_RELASZ: 8831 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); 8832 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */ 8833 if (htab->srelplt) 8834 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size; 8835 break; 8836 8837 case DT_PLTREL: 8838 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); 8839 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA; 8840 break; 8841 8842 case DT_PLTRELSZ: 8843 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); 8844 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size; 8845 break; 8846 8847 case DT_JMPREL: 8848 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); 8849 dyn.d_un.d_val = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma 8850 + htab->srelplt->output_offset); 8851 break; 8852 8853 case DT_TEXTREL: 8854 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete 8855 the dynamic tag. */ 8856 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL)) 8857 { 8858 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj); 8859 swap_out_p = FALSE; 8860 } 8861 break; 8862 8863 case DT_FLAGS: 8864 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear 8865 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */ 8866 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL)) 8867 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL; 8868 else 8869 swap_out_p = FALSE; 8870 break; 8871 8872 default: 8873 swap_out_p = FALSE; 8874 break; 8875 } 8876 8877 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped) 8878 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out) 8879 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped); 8880 8881 if (dyn_to_skip) 8882 { 8883 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip; 8884 dyn_to_skip = 0; 8885 } 8886 } 8887 8888 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */ 8889 if (dyn_skipped > 0) 8890 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped); 8891 } 8892 8893 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0) 8894 { 8895 if (htab->is_vxworks) 8896 { 8897 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the 8898 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the 8899 loader and contains the shared library identifier. 8900 The third is also initialized by the loader and points 8901 to the lazy resolution stub. */ 8902 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 8903 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma, 8904 sgot->contents); 8905 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, 8906 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); 8907 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, 8908 sgot->contents 8909 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); 8910 } 8911 else 8912 { 8913 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at 8914 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders. 8915 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */ 8916 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents); 8917 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x80000000, 8918 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); 8919 } 8920 8921 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize 8922 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); 8923 } 8924 8925 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */ 8926 if (gg != NULL && gg->next) 8927 { 8928 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3]; 8929 bfd_vma addend = 0; 8930 8931 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel)); 8932 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32); 8933 8934 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next) 8935 { 8936 bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno 8937 + g->next->tls_gotno; 8938 8939 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents 8940 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); 8941 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000, sgot->contents 8942 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); 8943 8944 if (! info->shared) 8945 continue; 8946 8947 while (index < g->assigned_gotno) 8948 { 8949 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset 8950 = index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); 8951 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation 8952 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL, 8953 bfd_abs_section_ptr, 8954 0, &addend, sgot))) 8955 return FALSE; 8956 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0); 8957 } 8958 } 8959 } 8960 8961 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots 8962 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until 8963 here. */ 8964 8965 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 8966 { 8967 bfd_byte *b; 8968 bfd_boolean swap_out_p; 8969 8970 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL); 8971 8972 for (b = sdyn->contents; 8973 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size; 8974 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj)) 8975 { 8976 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 8977 asection *s; 8978 8979 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */ 8980 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn); 8981 8982 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */ 8983 swap_out_p = TRUE; 8984 8985 switch (dyn.d_tag) 8986 { 8987 case DT_RELSZ: 8988 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we 8989 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld, 8990 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there 8991 are trailing null entries. */ 8992 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 8993 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count 8994 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd) 8995 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel) 8996 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))); 8997 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker 8998 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */ 8999 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size 9000 = dyn.d_un.d_val; 9001 break; 9002 9003 default: 9004 swap_out_p = FALSE; 9005 break; 9006 } 9007 9008 if (swap_out_p) 9009 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out) 9010 (dynobj, &dyn, b); 9011 } 9012 } 9013 9014 { 9015 asection *s; 9016 Elf32_compact_rel cpt; 9017 9018 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) 9019 { 9020 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */ 9021 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel"); 9022 if (s != NULL) 9023 { 9024 cpt.id1 = 1; 9025 cpt.num = s->reloc_count; 9026 cpt.id2 = 2; 9027 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos 9028 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel)); 9029 cpt.reserved0 = 0; 9030 cpt.reserved1 = 0; 9031 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt, 9032 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *) 9033 s->contents)); 9034 9035 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */ 9036 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, 9037 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)); 9038 if (s != NULL) 9039 { 9040 file_ptr dummy_offset; 9041 9042 BFD_ASSERT (s->size >= htab->function_stub_size); 9043 dummy_offset = s->size - htab->function_stub_size; 9044 memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0, 9045 htab->function_stub_size); 9046 } 9047 } 9048 } 9049 9050 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in 9051 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require 9052 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA 9053 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */ 9054 if (!htab->is_vxworks) 9055 { 9056 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 9057 if (s != NULL 9058 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)) 9059 { 9060 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd; 9061 9062 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) 9063 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, 9064 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel), 9065 sort_dynamic_relocs_64); 9066 else 9067 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, 9068 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), 9069 sort_dynamic_relocs); 9070 } 9071 } 9072 } 9073 9074 if (htab->is_vxworks && htab->splt->size > 0) 9075 { 9076 if (info->shared) 9077 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info); 9078 else 9079 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info); 9080 } 9081 return TRUE; 9082} 9083 9084 9085/* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */ 9086 9087static void 9088mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd) 9089{ 9090 flagword val; 9091 9092 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) 9093 { 9094 default: 9095 case bfd_mach_mips3000: 9096 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1; 9097 break; 9098 9099 case bfd_mach_mips3900: 9100 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900; 9101 break; 9102 9103 case bfd_mach_mips6000: 9104 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2; 9105 break; 9106 9107 case bfd_mach_mips4000: 9108 case bfd_mach_mips4300: 9109 case bfd_mach_mips4400: 9110 case bfd_mach_mips4600: 9111 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3; 9112 break; 9113 9114 case bfd_mach_mips4010: 9115 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010; 9116 break; 9117 9118 case bfd_mach_mips4100: 9119 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100; 9120 break; 9121 9122 case bfd_mach_mips4111: 9123 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111; 9124 break; 9125 9126 case bfd_mach_mips4120: 9127 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120; 9128 break; 9129 9130 case bfd_mach_mips4650: 9131 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650; 9132 break; 9133 9134 case bfd_mach_mips5400: 9135 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400; 9136 break; 9137 9138 case bfd_mach_mips5500: 9139 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500; 9140 break; 9141 9142 case bfd_mach_mips9000: 9143 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000; 9144 break; 9145 9146 case bfd_mach_mips5000: 9147 case bfd_mach_mips7000: 9148 case bfd_mach_mips8000: 9149 case bfd_mach_mips10000: 9150 case bfd_mach_mips12000: 9151 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4; 9152 break; 9153 9154 case bfd_mach_mips5: 9155 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5; 9156 break; 9157 9158 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon: 9159 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON; 9160 break; 9161 9162 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1: 9163 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1; 9164 break; 9165 9166 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32: 9167 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32; 9168 break; 9169 9170 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64: 9171 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64; 9172 break; 9173 9174 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2: 9175 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2; 9176 break; 9177 9178 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2: 9179 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2; 9180 break; 9181 } 9182 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH); 9183 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val; 9184 9185} 9186 9187 9188/* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object 9189 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine 9190 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ 9191 9192void 9193_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, 9194 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 9195{ 9196 unsigned int i; 9197 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; 9198 const char *name; 9199 asection *sec; 9200 9201 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former 9202 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used 9203 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */ 9204 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0) 9205 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd); 9206 9207 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate 9208 info for each special section. */ 9209 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; 9210 i < elf_numsections (abfd); 9211 i++, hdrpp++) 9212 { 9213 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type) 9214 { 9215 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM: 9216 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST: 9217 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); 9218 if (sec != NULL) 9219 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; 9220 break; 9221 9222 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB: 9223 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); 9224 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); 9225 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL 9226 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab.")); 9227 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1); 9228 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); 9229 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; 9230 break; 9231 9232 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT: 9233 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); 9234 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); 9235 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL 9236 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content")); 9237 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, 9238 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1); 9239 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); 9240 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; 9241 break; 9242 9243 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB: 9244 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); 9245 if (sec != NULL) 9246 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; 9247 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist"); 9248 if (sec != NULL) 9249 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; 9250 break; 9251 9252 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS: 9253 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); 9254 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); 9255 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL); 9256 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")) 9257 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, 9258 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1); 9259 else 9260 { 9261 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel")); 9262 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, 9263 (name 9264 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1)); 9265 } 9266 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); 9267 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; 9268 break; 9269 9270 } 9271 } 9272} 9273 9274/* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC 9275 segments. */ 9276 9277int 9278_bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd, 9279 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 9280{ 9281 asection *s; 9282 int ret = 0; 9283 9284 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */ 9285 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); 9286 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD)) 9287 ++ret; 9288 9289 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */ 9290 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6 9291 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, 9292 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd))) 9293 ++ret; 9294 9295 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */ 9296 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 9297 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") 9298 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug")) 9299 ++ret; 9300 9301 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See 9302 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */ 9303 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd) 9304 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")) 9305 ++ret; 9306 9307 return ret; 9308} 9309 9310/* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */ 9311 9312bfd_boolean 9313_bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, 9314 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 9315{ 9316 asection *s; 9317 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm; 9318 bfd_size_type amt; 9319 9320 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO 9321 segment. */ 9322 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); 9323 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 9324 { 9325 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) 9326 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO) 9327 break; 9328 if (m == NULL) 9329 { 9330 amt = sizeof *m; 9331 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 9332 if (m == NULL) 9333 return FALSE; 9334 9335 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO; 9336 m->count = 1; 9337 m->sections[0] = s; 9338 9339 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */ 9340 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; 9341 while (*pm != NULL 9342 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR 9343 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP)) 9344 pm = &(*pm)->next; 9345 9346 m->next = *pm; 9347 *pm = m; 9348 } 9349 } 9350 9351 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but 9352 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a 9353 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header 9354 table. */ 9355 if (NEWABI_P (abfd) 9356 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment 9357 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this 9358 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right 9359 now. */ 9360 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) 9361 { 9362 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next) 9363 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS) 9364 break; 9365 9366 if (s) 9367 { 9368 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment; 9369 9370 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; 9371 while (*pm != NULL 9372 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR 9373 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP)) 9374 pm = &(*pm)->next; 9375 9376 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS) 9377 { 9378 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 9379 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 9380 options_segment->next = *pm; 9381 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS; 9382 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R; 9383 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE; 9384 options_segment->count = 1; 9385 options_segment->sections[0] = s; 9386 *pm = options_segment; 9387 } 9388 } 9389 } 9390 else 9391 { 9392 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5) 9393 { 9394 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room 9395 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */ 9396 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL 9397 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL 9398 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL) 9399 { 9400 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) 9401 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC) 9402 break; 9403 if (m == NULL) 9404 { 9405 amt = sizeof *m; 9406 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 9407 if (m == NULL) 9408 return FALSE; 9409 9410 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC; 9411 9412 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc"); 9413 if (s == NULL) 9414 { 9415 m->count = 0; 9416 m->p_flags = 0; 9417 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 9418 } 9419 else 9420 { 9421 m->count = 1; 9422 m->sections[0] = s; 9423 } 9424 9425 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */ 9426 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; 9427 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC) 9428 pm = &(*pm)->next; 9429 if (*pm != NULL) 9430 pm = &(*pm)->next; 9431 9432 m->next = *pm; 9433 *pm = m; 9434 } 9435 } 9436 } 9437 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic, 9438 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in 9439 between. */ 9440 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; 9441 pm = &(*pm)->next) 9442 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC) 9443 break; 9444 m = *pm; 9445 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none) 9446 { 9447 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC 9448 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since 9449 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters 9450 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */ 9451 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) 9452 { 9453 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X; 9454 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 9455 } 9456 } 9457 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section. 9458 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of 9459 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack 9460 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can 9461 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain 9462 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker, 9463 which might move one of the other sections to a different 9464 PT_LOAD segment. */ 9465 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) 9466 && m != NULL 9467 && m->count == 1 9468 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0) 9469 { 9470 static const char *sec_names[] = 9471 { 9472 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash" 9473 }; 9474 bfd_vma low, high; 9475 unsigned int i, c; 9476 struct elf_segment_map *n; 9477 9478 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0; 9479 high = 0; 9480 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++) 9481 { 9482 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]); 9483 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 9484 { 9485 bfd_size_type sz; 9486 9487 if (low > s->vma) 9488 low = s->vma; 9489 sz = s->size; 9490 if (high < s->vma + sz) 9491 high = s->vma + sz; 9492 } 9493 } 9494 9495 c = 0; 9496 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 9497 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 9498 && s->vma >= low 9499 && s->vma + s->size <= high) 9500 ++c; 9501 9502 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 9503 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 9504 if (n == NULL) 9505 return FALSE; 9506 *n = *m; 9507 n->count = c; 9508 9509 i = 0; 9510 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 9511 { 9512 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 9513 && s->vma >= low 9514 && s->vma + s->size <= high) 9515 { 9516 n->sections[i] = s; 9517 ++i; 9518 } 9519 } 9520 9521 *pm = n; 9522 } 9523 } 9524 9525 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools 9526 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry. 9527 9528 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its 9529 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into 9530 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires 9531 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often 9532 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header. 9533 9534 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a 9535 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program 9536 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections. 9537 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags, 9538 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural 9539 extension. */ 9540 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd) 9541 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")) 9542 { 9543 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next) 9544 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL) 9545 break; 9546 if (*pm == NULL) 9547 { 9548 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m)); 9549 if (m == NULL) 9550 return FALSE; 9551 9552 m->p_type = PT_NULL; 9553 *pm = m; 9554 } 9555 } 9556 9557 return TRUE; 9558} 9559 9560/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given 9561 relocation. */ 9562 9563asection * 9564_bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, 9565 struct bfd_link_info *info, 9566 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 9567 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 9568 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 9569{ 9570 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */ 9571 9572 if (h != NULL) 9573 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info)) 9574 { 9575 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: 9576 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: 9577 return NULL; 9578 } 9579 9580 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); 9581} 9582 9583/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */ 9584 9585bfd_boolean 9586_bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 9587 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 9588 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 9589 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 9590{ 9591#if 0 9592 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 9593 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 9594 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; 9595 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend; 9596 unsigned long r_symndx; 9597 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 9598 9599 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 9600 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); 9601 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); 9602 9603 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count; 9604 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++) 9605 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info)) 9606 { 9607 case R_MIPS_GOT16: 9608 case R_MIPS_CALL16: 9609 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: 9610 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: 9611 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: 9612 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: 9613 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: 9614 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: 9615 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: 9616 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort 9617 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries, 9618 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */ 9619 break; 9620 9621 default: 9622 break; 9623 } 9624#endif 9625 9626 return TRUE; 9627} 9628 9629/* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol, 9630 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation 9631 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let 9632 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */ 9633 9634void 9635_bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 9636 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, 9637 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) 9638{ 9639 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips; 9640 9641 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind); 9642 9643 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) 9644 return; 9645 9646 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir; 9647 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind; 9648 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs; 9649 if (indmips->readonly_reloc) 9650 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE; 9651 if (indmips->no_fn_stub) 9652 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE; 9653 9654 if (dirmips->tls_type == 0) 9655 dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type; 9656} 9657 9658void 9659_bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 9660 struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry, 9661 bfd_boolean force_local) 9662{ 9663 bfd *dynobj; 9664 asection *got; 9665 struct mips_got_info *g; 9666 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; 9667 9668 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; 9669 if (h->forced_local) 9670 return; 9671 h->forced_local = force_local; 9672 9673 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 9674 if (dynobj != NULL && force_local && h->root.type != STT_TLS 9675 && (got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, TRUE)) != NULL 9676 && (g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info) != NULL) 9677 { 9678 if (g->next) 9679 { 9680 struct mips_got_entry e; 9681 struct mips_got_info *gg = g; 9682 9683 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a 9684 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT 9685 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease 9686 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually 9687 the upper limit of global entries. */ 9688 e.abfd = dynobj; 9689 e.symndx = -1; 9690 e.d.h = h; 9691 e.tls_type = 0; 9692 9693 for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next) 9694 if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e)) 9695 { 9696 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0); 9697 g->local_gotno++; 9698 g->global_gotno--; 9699 } 9700 9701 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we 9702 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry 9703 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one 9704 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */ 9705 if (h->root.got.offset == 2) 9706 { 9707 BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0); 9708 gg->assigned_gotno--; 9709 } 9710 } 9711 else if (g->global_gotno == 0 && g->global_gotsym == NULL) 9712 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the 9713 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as 9714 global. */ 9715 g->local_gotno++; 9716 else if (h->root.got.offset == 1) 9717 { 9718 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had 9719 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry 9720 instead. */ 9721 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0); 9722 g->local_gotno++; 9723 g->global_gotno--; 9724 } 9725 } 9726 9727 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local); 9728} 9729 9730#define PDR_SIZE 32 9731 9732bfd_boolean 9733_bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie, 9734 struct bfd_link_info *info) 9735{ 9736 asection *o; 9737 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE; 9738 unsigned char *tdata; 9739 size_t i, skip; 9740 9741 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr"); 9742 if (! o) 9743 return FALSE; 9744 if (o->size == 0) 9745 return FALSE; 9746 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0) 9747 return FALSE; 9748 if (o->output_section != NULL 9749 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section)) 9750 return FALSE; 9751 9752 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE); 9753 if (! tdata) 9754 return FALSE; 9755 9756 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL, 9757 info->keep_memory); 9758 if (!cookie->rels) 9759 { 9760 free (tdata); 9761 return FALSE; 9762 } 9763 9764 cookie->rel = cookie->rels; 9765 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count; 9766 9767 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++) 9768 { 9769 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie)) 9770 { 9771 tdata[i] = 1; 9772 skip ++; 9773 } 9774 } 9775 9776 if (skip != 0) 9777 { 9778 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata; 9779 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE; 9780 ret = TRUE; 9781 } 9782 else 9783 free (tdata); 9784 9785 if (! info->keep_memory) 9786 free (cookie->rels); 9787 9788 return ret; 9789} 9790 9791bfd_boolean 9792_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec) 9793{ 9794 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0) 9795 return TRUE; 9796 return FALSE; 9797} 9798 9799bfd_boolean 9800_bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd, 9801 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 9802 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents) 9803{ 9804 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end; 9805 int i; 9806 9807 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0) 9808 return FALSE; 9809 9810 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL) 9811 return FALSE; 9812 9813 to = contents; 9814 end = contents + sec->size; 9815 for (from = contents, i = 0; 9816 from < end; 9817 from += PDR_SIZE, i++) 9818 { 9819 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1) 9820 continue; 9821 if (to != from) 9822 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE); 9823 to += PDR_SIZE; 9824 } 9825 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents, 9826 sec->output_offset, sec->size); 9827 return TRUE; 9828} 9829 9830/* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the 9831 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */ 9832 9833struct mips_elf_find_line 9834{ 9835 struct ecoff_debug_info d; 9836 struct ecoff_find_line i; 9837}; 9838 9839bfd_boolean 9840_bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section, 9841 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset, 9842 const char **filename_ptr, 9843 const char **functionname_ptr, 9844 unsigned int *line_ptr) 9845{ 9846 asection *msec; 9847 9848 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 9849 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, 9850 line_ptr)) 9851 return TRUE; 9852 9853 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 9854 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, 9855 line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0, 9856 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) 9857 return TRUE; 9858 9859 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"); 9860 if (msec != NULL) 9861 { 9862 flagword origflags; 9863 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi; 9864 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap = 9865 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; 9866 9867 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have 9868 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here 9869 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */ 9870 origflags = msec->flags; 9871 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 9872 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 9873 9874 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info; 9875 if (fi == NULL) 9876 { 9877 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size; 9878 char *fraw_src; 9879 char *fraw_end; 9880 struct fdr *fdr_ptr; 9881 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line); 9882 9883 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 9884 if (fi == NULL) 9885 { 9886 msec->flags = origflags; 9887 return FALSE; 9888 } 9889 9890 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d)) 9891 { 9892 msec->flags = origflags; 9893 return FALSE; 9894 } 9895 9896 /* Swap in the FDR information. */ 9897 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr); 9898 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 9899 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL) 9900 { 9901 msec->flags = origflags; 9902 return FALSE; 9903 } 9904 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size; 9905 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr; 9906 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr; 9907 fraw_end = (fraw_src 9908 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size); 9909 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++) 9910 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr); 9911 9912 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi; 9913 9914 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information. 9915 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in 9916 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is 9917 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory 9918 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a 9919 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */ 9920 } 9921 9922 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap, 9923 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, 9924 line_ptr)) 9925 { 9926 msec->flags = origflags; 9927 return TRUE; 9928 } 9929 9930 msec->flags = origflags; 9931 } 9932 9933 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */ 9934 9935 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 9936 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, 9937 line_ptr); 9938} 9939 9940bfd_boolean 9941_bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, 9942 const char **filename_ptr, 9943 const char **functionname_ptr, 9944 unsigned int *line_ptr) 9945{ 9946 bfd_boolean found; 9947 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, 9948 functionname_ptr, line_ptr, 9949 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); 9950 return found; 9951} 9952 9953 9954/* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section, 9955 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the 9956 GP value in the section_processing routine. */ 9957 9958bfd_boolean 9959_bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section, 9960 const void *location, 9961 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count) 9962{ 9963 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name)) 9964 { 9965 bfd_byte *c; 9966 9967 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL) 9968 { 9969 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data); 9970 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 9971 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL) 9972 return FALSE; 9973 } 9974 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata; 9975 if (c == NULL) 9976 { 9977 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size); 9978 if (c == NULL) 9979 return FALSE; 9980 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c; 9981 } 9982 9983 memcpy (c + offset, location, count); 9984 } 9985 9986 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, 9987 count); 9988} 9989 9990/* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some 9991 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */ 9992 9993bfd_byte * 9994_bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents 9995 (bfd *abfd, 9996 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, 9997 struct bfd_link_order *link_order, 9998 bfd_byte *data, 9999 bfd_boolean relocatable, 10000 asymbol **symbols) 10001{ 10002 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */ 10003 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner; 10004 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section; 10005 bfd_size_type sz; 10006 10007 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section); 10008 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL; 10009 long reloc_count; 10010 10011 if (reloc_size < 0) 10012 goto error_return; 10013 10014 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size); 10015 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0) 10016 goto error_return; 10017 10018 /* read in the section */ 10019 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size; 10020 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz)) 10021 goto error_return; 10022 10023 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd, 10024 input_section, 10025 reloc_vector, 10026 symbols); 10027 if (reloc_count < 0) 10028 goto error_return; 10029 10030 if (reloc_count > 0) 10031 { 10032 arelent **parent; 10033 /* for mips */ 10034 int gp_found; 10035 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */ 10036 10037 { 10038 struct bfd_hash_entry *h; 10039 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh; 10040 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */ 10041 if (abfd && input_bfd 10042 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec) 10043 lh = 0; 10044 else 10045 { 10046 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE); 10047 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h; 10048 } 10049 lookup: 10050 if (lh) 10051 { 10052 switch (lh->type) 10053 { 10054 case bfd_link_hash_undefined: 10055 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak: 10056 case bfd_link_hash_common: 10057 gp_found = 0; 10058 break; 10059 case bfd_link_hash_defined: 10060 case bfd_link_hash_defweak: 10061 gp_found = 1; 10062 gp = lh->u.def.value; 10063 break; 10064 case bfd_link_hash_indirect: 10065 case bfd_link_hash_warning: 10066 lh = lh->u.i.link; 10067 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */ 10068 goto lookup; 10069 case bfd_link_hash_new: 10070 default: 10071 abort (); 10072 } 10073 } 10074 else 10075 gp_found = 0; 10076 } 10077 /* end mips */ 10078 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++) 10079 { 10080 char *error_message = NULL; 10081 bfd_reloc_status_type r; 10082 10083 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require 10084 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */ 10085 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr; 10086 10087 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special 10088 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default 10089 to the generic handling. */ 10090 if (gp_found 10091 && (*parent)->howto->special_function 10092 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc) 10093 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent, 10094 input_section, relocatable, 10095 data, gp); 10096 else 10097 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data, 10098 input_section, 10099 relocatable ? abfd : NULL, 10100 &error_message); 10101 10102 if (relocatable) 10103 { 10104 asection *os = input_section->output_section; 10105 10106 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */ 10107 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent; 10108 os->reloc_count++; 10109 } 10110 10111 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) 10112 { 10113 switch (r) 10114 { 10115 case bfd_reloc_undefined: 10116 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) 10117 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr), 10118 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE))) 10119 goto error_return; 10120 break; 10121 case bfd_reloc_dangerous: 10122 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL); 10123 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous) 10124 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section, 10125 (*parent)->address))) 10126 goto error_return; 10127 break; 10128 case bfd_reloc_overflow: 10129 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) 10130 (link_info, NULL, 10131 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr), 10132 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend, 10133 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address))) 10134 goto error_return; 10135 break; 10136 case bfd_reloc_outofrange: 10137 default: 10138 abort (); 10139 break; 10140 } 10141 10142 } 10143 } 10144 } 10145 if (reloc_vector != NULL) 10146 free (reloc_vector); 10147 return data; 10148 10149error_return: 10150 if (reloc_vector != NULL) 10151 free (reloc_vector); 10152 return NULL; 10153} 10154 10155/* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ 10156 10157struct bfd_link_hash_table * 10158_bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 10159{ 10160 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret; 10161 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table); 10162 10163 ret = bfd_malloc (amt); 10164 if (ret == NULL) 10165 return NULL; 10166 10167 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd, 10168 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc, 10169 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry))) 10170 { 10171 free (ret); 10172 return NULL; 10173 } 10174 10175#if 0 10176 /* We no longer use this. */ 10177 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++) 10178 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1; 10179#endif 10180 ret->procedure_count = 0; 10181 ret->compact_rel_size = 0; 10182 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE; 10183 ret->rld_value = 0; 10184 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE; 10185 ret->is_vxworks = FALSE; 10186 ret->srelbss = NULL; 10187 ret->sdynbss = NULL; 10188 ret->srelplt = NULL; 10189 ret->srelplt2 = NULL; 10190 ret->sgotplt = NULL; 10191 ret->splt = NULL; 10192 ret->plt_header_size = 0; 10193 ret->plt_entry_size = 0; 10194 ret->function_stub_size = 0; 10195 10196 return &ret->root.root; 10197} 10198 10199/* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */ 10200 10201struct bfd_link_hash_table * 10202_bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 10203{ 10204 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret; 10205 10206 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd); 10207 if (ret) 10208 { 10209 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 10210 10211 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret; 10212 htab->is_vxworks = 1; 10213 } 10214 return ret; 10215} 10216 10217/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and 10218 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these 10219 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */ 10220 10221bfd_boolean 10222_bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 10223{ 10224 asection *o; 10225 struct bfd_link_order *p; 10226 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec; 10227 asection *rtproc_sec; 10228 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo; 10229 struct ecoff_debug_info debug; 10230 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 10231 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; 10232 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header; 10233 void *mdebug_handle = NULL; 10234 asection *s; 10235 EXTR esym; 10236 unsigned int i; 10237 bfd_size_type amt; 10238 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 10239 10240 static const char * const secname[] = 10241 { 10242 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data", 10243 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss" 10244 }; 10245 static const int sc[] = 10246 { 10247 scText, scInit, scFini, scData, 10248 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss 10249 }; 10250 10251 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the 10252 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us. 10253 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do 10254 the sort again. */ 10255 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 10256 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 10257 { 10258 bfd *dynobj; 10259 asection *got; 10260 struct mips_got_info *g; 10261 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount; 10262 10263 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what 10264 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section 10265 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only 10266 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that 10267 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options 10268 section above. */ 10269 10270 dynsecsymcount = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info); 10271 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, dynsecsymcount + 1)) 10272 return FALSE; 10273 10274 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */ 10275 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 10276 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); 10277 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info; 10278 10279 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL) 10280 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount 10281 - g->global_gotsym->dynindx) 10282 <= g->global_gotno); 10283 } 10284 10285 /* Get a value for the GP register. */ 10286 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0) 10287 { 10288 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h; 10289 10290 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 10291 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined) 10292 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value 10293 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma 10294 + h->u.def.section->output_offset); 10295 else if (htab->is_vxworks 10296 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, 10297 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", 10298 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) 10299 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined) 10300 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma 10301 + h->u.def.section->output_offset 10302 + h->u.def.value); 10303 else if (info->relocatable) 10304 { 10305 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE; 10306 10307 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */ 10308 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) 10309 if (o->vma < lo 10310 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL)) 10311 lo = o->vma; 10312 10313 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */ 10314 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info); 10315 } 10316 else 10317 { 10318 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc 10319 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous 10320 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */ 10321 } 10322 } 10323 10324 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug 10325 information. */ 10326 reginfo_sec = NULL; 10327 mdebug_sec = NULL; 10328 gptab_data_sec = NULL; 10329 gptab_bss_sec = NULL; 10330 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) 10331 { 10332 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0) 10333 { 10334 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo); 10335 10336 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file. 10337 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge 10338 the information together. */ 10339 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) 10340 { 10341 asection *input_section; 10342 bfd *input_bfd; 10343 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; 10344 Elf32_RegInfo sub; 10345 10346 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) 10347 { 10348 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) 10349 continue; 10350 abort (); 10351 } 10352 10353 input_section = p->u.indirect.section; 10354 input_bfd = input_section->owner; 10355 10356 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, 10357 &ext, 0, sizeof ext)) 10358 return FALSE; 10359 10360 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub); 10361 10362 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask; 10363 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0]; 10364 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1]; 10365 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2]; 10366 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3]; 10367 10368 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function 10369 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is 10370 finally written out. */ 10371 10372 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that 10373 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ 10374 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 10375 } 10376 10377 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */ 10378 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); 10379 10380 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently 10381 matters, but someday it might). */ 10382 o->map_head.link_order = NULL; 10383 10384 reginfo_sec = o; 10385 } 10386 10387 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0) 10388 { 10389 struct extsym_info einfo; 10390 bfd_vma last; 10391 10392 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file. 10393 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge 10394 the information together. */ 10395 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic; 10396 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */ 10397 symhdr->vstamp = 0; 10398 symhdr->ilineMax = 0; 10399 symhdr->cbLine = 0; 10400 symhdr->idnMax = 0; 10401 symhdr->ipdMax = 0; 10402 symhdr->isymMax = 0; 10403 symhdr->ioptMax = 0; 10404 symhdr->iauxMax = 0; 10405 symhdr->issMax = 0; 10406 symhdr->issExtMax = 0; 10407 symhdr->ifdMax = 0; 10408 symhdr->crfd = 0; 10409 symhdr->iextMax = 0; 10410 10411 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the 10412 debug_info structure. */ 10413 debug.line = NULL; 10414 debug.external_dnr = NULL; 10415 debug.external_pdr = NULL; 10416 debug.external_sym = NULL; 10417 debug.external_opt = NULL; 10418 debug.external_aux = NULL; 10419 debug.ss = NULL; 10420 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL; 10421 debug.external_fdr = NULL; 10422 debug.external_rfd = NULL; 10423 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL; 10424 10425 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info); 10426 if (mdebug_handle == NULL) 10427 return FALSE; 10428 10429 esym.jmptbl = 0; 10430 esym.cobol_main = 0; 10431 esym.weakext = 0; 10432 esym.reserved = 0; 10433 esym.ifd = ifdNil; 10434 esym.asym.iss = issNil; 10435 esym.asym.st = stLocal; 10436 esym.asym.reserved = 0; 10437 esym.asym.index = indexNil; 10438 last = 0; 10439 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++) 10440 { 10441 esym.asym.sc = sc[i]; 10442 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]); 10443 if (s != NULL) 10444 { 10445 esym.asym.value = s->vma; 10446 last = s->vma + s->size; 10447 } 10448 else 10449 esym.asym.value = last; 10450 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap, 10451 secname[i], &esym)) 10452 return FALSE; 10453 } 10454 10455 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) 10456 { 10457 asection *input_section; 10458 bfd *input_bfd; 10459 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap; 10460 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug; 10461 char *eraw_src; 10462 char *eraw_end; 10463 10464 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) 10465 { 10466 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) 10467 continue; 10468 abort (); 10469 } 10470 10471 input_section = p->u.indirect.section; 10472 input_bfd = input_section->owner; 10473 10474 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour 10475 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd) 10476 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL) 10477 { 10478 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be 10479 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really 10480 want to deal with it. */ 10481 continue; 10482 } 10483 10484 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd) 10485 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap); 10486 10487 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size); 10488 10489 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already 10490 read in the debugging information and set up an 10491 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */ 10492 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section, 10493 &input_debug)) 10494 return FALSE; 10495 10496 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate 10497 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd, 10498 &input_debug, input_swap, info))) 10499 return FALSE; 10500 10501 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with 10502 interesting information, try to find the symbol in 10503 the linker global hash table and save the information 10504 for the output external symbols. */ 10505 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext; 10506 eraw_end = (eraw_src 10507 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax 10508 * input_swap->external_ext_size)); 10509 for (; 10510 eraw_src < eraw_end; 10511 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size) 10512 { 10513 EXTR ext; 10514 const char *name; 10515 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; 10516 10517 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext); 10518 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil 10519 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined 10520 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined) 10521 continue; 10522 10523 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss; 10524 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info), 10525 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 10526 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2) 10527 continue; 10528 10529 if (ext.ifd != -1) 10530 { 10531 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd 10532 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax); 10533 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd]; 10534 } 10535 10536 h->esym = ext; 10537 } 10538 10539 /* Free up the information we just read. */ 10540 free (input_debug.line); 10541 free (input_debug.external_dnr); 10542 free (input_debug.external_pdr); 10543 free (input_debug.external_sym); 10544 free (input_debug.external_opt); 10545 free (input_debug.external_aux); 10546 free (input_debug.ss); 10547 free (input_debug.ssext); 10548 free (input_debug.external_fdr); 10549 free (input_debug.external_rfd); 10550 free (input_debug.external_ext); 10551 10552 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that 10553 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ 10554 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 10555 } 10556 10557 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared) 10558 { 10559 /* Create .rtproc section. */ 10560 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc"); 10561 if (rtproc_sec == NULL) 10562 { 10563 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY 10564 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY); 10565 10566 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, 10567 ".rtproc", 10568 flags); 10569 if (rtproc_sec == NULL 10570 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4)) 10571 return FALSE; 10572 } 10573 10574 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd, 10575 info, rtproc_sec, 10576 &debug)) 10577 return FALSE; 10578 } 10579 10580 /* Build the external symbol information. */ 10581 einfo.abfd = abfd; 10582 einfo.info = info; 10583 einfo.debug = &debug; 10584 einfo.swap = swap; 10585 einfo.failed = FALSE; 10586 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info), 10587 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo); 10588 if (einfo.failed) 10589 return FALSE; 10590 10591 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */ 10592 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap); 10593 10594 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently 10595 matters, but someday it might). */ 10596 o->map_head.link_order = NULL; 10597 10598 mdebug_sec = o; 10599 } 10600 10601 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab.")) 10602 { 10603 const char *subname; 10604 unsigned int c; 10605 Elf32_gptab *tab; 10606 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab; 10607 unsigned int j; 10608 10609 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold 10610 information describing how the small data area would 10611 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections 10612 not used in executables files. */ 10613 if (! info->relocatable) 10614 { 10615 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) 10616 { 10617 asection *input_section; 10618 10619 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) 10620 { 10621 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) 10622 continue; 10623 abort (); 10624 } 10625 10626 input_section = p->u.indirect.section; 10627 10628 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that 10629 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ 10630 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 10631 } 10632 10633 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this 10634 currently matters, but someday it might). */ 10635 o->map_head.link_order = NULL; 10636 10637 /* Really remove the section. */ 10638 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o); 10639 --abfd->section_count; 10640 10641 continue; 10642 } 10643 10644 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for 10645 uninitialized data. */ 10646 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0) 10647 gptab_data_sec = o; 10648 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0) 10649 gptab_bss_sec = o; 10650 else 10651 { 10652 (*_bfd_error_handler) 10653 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"), 10654 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name); 10655 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); 10656 return FALSE; 10657 } 10658 10659 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and 10660 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for 10661 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is 10662 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which 10663 case we must change the name of the output section. */ 10664 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1; 10665 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL) 10666 { 10667 if (o == gptab_data_sec) 10668 o->name = ".gptab.data"; 10669 else 10670 o->name = ".gptab.bss"; 10671 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1; 10672 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL); 10673 } 10674 10675 /* Set up the first entry. */ 10676 c = 1; 10677 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab); 10678 tab = bfd_malloc (amt); 10679 if (tab == NULL) 10680 return FALSE; 10681 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd); 10682 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0; 10683 10684 /* Combine the input sections. */ 10685 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) 10686 { 10687 asection *input_section; 10688 bfd *input_bfd; 10689 bfd_size_type size; 10690 unsigned long last; 10691 bfd_size_type gpentry; 10692 10693 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) 10694 { 10695 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) 10696 continue; 10697 abort (); 10698 } 10699 10700 input_section = p->u.indirect.section; 10701 input_bfd = input_section->owner; 10702 10703 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one 10704 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are 10705 sorted by ascending -G value. */ 10706 size = input_section->size; 10707 last = 0; 10708 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); 10709 gpentry < size; 10710 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab)) 10711 { 10712 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab; 10713 Elf32_gptab int_gptab; 10714 unsigned long val; 10715 unsigned long add; 10716 bfd_boolean exact; 10717 unsigned int look; 10718 10719 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents 10720 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry, 10721 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab)))) 10722 { 10723 free (tab); 10724 return FALSE; 10725 } 10726 10727 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab, 10728 &int_gptab); 10729 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value; 10730 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last; 10731 10732 exact = FALSE; 10733 for (look = 1; look < c; look++) 10734 { 10735 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val) 10736 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add; 10737 10738 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val) 10739 exact = TRUE; 10740 } 10741 10742 if (! exact) 10743 { 10744 Elf32_gptab *new_tab; 10745 unsigned int max; 10746 10747 /* We need a new table entry. */ 10748 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab); 10749 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt); 10750 if (new_tab == NULL) 10751 { 10752 free (tab); 10753 return FALSE; 10754 } 10755 tab = new_tab; 10756 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val; 10757 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add; 10758 10759 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G 10760 value, since that will be implied by this new 10761 value. */ 10762 max = 0; 10763 for (look = 1; look < c; look++) 10764 { 10765 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val 10766 && (max == 0 10767 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value 10768 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value))) 10769 max = look; 10770 } 10771 if (max != 0) 10772 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes += 10773 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes; 10774 10775 ++c; 10776 } 10777 10778 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes; 10779 } 10780 10781 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that 10782 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ 10783 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 10784 } 10785 10786 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */ 10787 if (c > 2) 10788 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare); 10789 10790 /* Swap out the table. */ 10791 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); 10792 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 10793 if (ext_tab == NULL) 10794 { 10795 free (tab); 10796 return FALSE; 10797 } 10798 10799 for (j = 0; j < c; j++) 10800 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j); 10801 free (tab); 10802 10803 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); 10804 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab; 10805 10806 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently 10807 matters, but someday it might). */ 10808 o->map_head.link_order = NULL; 10809 } 10810 } 10811 10812 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */ 10813 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info)) 10814 return FALSE; 10815 10816 /* Now write out the computed sections. */ 10817 10818 if (reginfo_sec != NULL) 10819 { 10820 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; 10821 10822 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext); 10823 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext)) 10824 return FALSE; 10825 } 10826 10827 if (mdebug_sec != NULL) 10828 { 10829 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun); 10830 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, 10831 swap, info, 10832 mdebug_sec->filepos)) 10833 return FALSE; 10834 10835 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info); 10836 } 10837 10838 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL) 10839 { 10840 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec, 10841 gptab_data_sec->contents, 10842 0, gptab_data_sec->size)) 10843 return FALSE; 10844 } 10845 10846 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL) 10847 { 10848 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec, 10849 gptab_bss_sec->contents, 10850 0, gptab_bss_sec->size)) 10851 return FALSE; 10852 } 10853 10854 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) 10855 { 10856 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc"); 10857 if (rtproc_sec != NULL) 10858 { 10859 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec, 10860 rtproc_sec->contents, 10861 0, rtproc_sec->size)) 10862 return FALSE; 10863 } 10864 } 10865 10866 return TRUE; 10867} 10868 10869/* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */ 10870 10871struct mips_mach_extension { 10872 unsigned long extension, base; 10873}; 10874 10875 10876/* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries 10877 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */ 10878 10879static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = { 10880 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */ 10881 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 }, 10882 10883 /* MIPS64 extensions. */ 10884 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 }, 10885 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 }, 10886 10887 /* MIPS V extensions. */ 10888 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 }, 10889 10890 /* R10000 extensions. */ 10891 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 }, 10892 10893 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core 10894 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems 10895 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since 10896 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add 10897 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */ 10898 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 }, 10899 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 }, 10900 10901 /* MIPS IV extensions. */ 10902 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, 10903 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, 10904 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, 10905 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, 10906 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, 10907 10908 /* VR4100 extensions. */ 10909 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 }, 10910 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 }, 10911 10912 /* MIPS III extensions. */ 10913 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, 10914 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, 10915 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, 10916 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, 10917 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, 10918 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, 10919 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, 10920 10921 /* MIPS32 extensions. */ 10922 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 }, 10923 10924 /* MIPS II extensions. */ 10925 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 }, 10926 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 }, 10927 10928 /* MIPS I extensions. */ 10929 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 }, 10930 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 } 10931}; 10932 10933 10934/* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */ 10935 10936static bfd_boolean 10937mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension) 10938{ 10939 size_t i; 10940 10941 if (extension == base) 10942 return TRUE; 10943 10944 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32 10945 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension)) 10946 return TRUE; 10947 10948 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2 10949 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension)) 10950 return TRUE; 10951 10952 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++) 10953 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension) 10954 { 10955 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base; 10956 if (extension == base) 10957 return TRUE; 10958 } 10959 10960 return FALSE; 10961} 10962 10963 10964/* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */ 10965 10966static bfd_boolean 10967mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags) 10968{ 10969 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0 10970 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32 10971 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32 10972 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1 10973 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2 10974 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32 10975 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2); 10976} 10977 10978 10979/* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if 10980 there are conflicting attributes. */ 10981static bfd_boolean 10982mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) 10983{ 10984 obj_attribute *in_attr; 10985 obj_attribute *out_attr; 10986 10987 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i) 10988 { 10989 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */ 10990 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd); 10991 10992 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been 10993 initialized. */ 10994 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1; 10995 10996 return TRUE; 10997 } 10998 10999 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge 11000 non-conflicting ones. */ 11001 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 11002 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 11003 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i) 11004 { 11005 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1; 11006 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0) 11007 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i; 11008 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0) 11009 ; 11010 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 3) 11011 _bfd_error_handler 11012 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd, 11013 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i); 11014 else if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 3) 11015 _bfd_error_handler 11016 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd, 11017 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i); 11018 else 11019 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i) 11020 { 11021 case 1: 11022 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i) 11023 { 11024 case 2: 11025 _bfd_error_handler 11026 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"), 11027 obfd, ibfd); 11028 11029 case 3: 11030 _bfd_error_handler 11031 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"), 11032 obfd, ibfd); 11033 break; 11034 11035 default: 11036 abort (); 11037 } 11038 break; 11039 11040 case 2: 11041 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i) 11042 { 11043 case 1: 11044 _bfd_error_handler 11045 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"), 11046 ibfd, obfd); 11047 11048 case 3: 11049 _bfd_error_handler 11050 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"), 11051 obfd, ibfd); 11052 break; 11053 11054 default: 11055 abort (); 11056 } 11057 break; 11058 11059 case 3: 11060 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i) 11061 { 11062 case 1: 11063 case 2: 11064 _bfd_error_handler 11065 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"), 11066 ibfd, obfd); 11067 break; 11068 11069 default: 11070 abort (); 11071 } 11072 break; 11073 11074 default: 11075 abort (); 11076 } 11077 } 11078 11079 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */ 11080 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd); 11081 11082 return TRUE; 11083} 11084 11085/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output 11086 object file when linking. */ 11087 11088bfd_boolean 11089_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) 11090{ 11091 flagword old_flags; 11092 flagword new_flags; 11093 bfd_boolean ok; 11094 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE; 11095 asection *sec; 11096 11097 /* Check if we have the same endianess */ 11098 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd)) 11099 { 11100 (*_bfd_error_handler) 11101 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"), 11102 ibfd); 11103 return FALSE; 11104 } 11105 11106 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour 11107 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 11108 return TRUE; 11109 11110 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0) 11111 { 11112 (*_bfd_error_handler) 11113 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"), 11114 ibfd); 11115 return FALSE; 11116 } 11117 11118 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd)) 11119 return FALSE; 11120 11121 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; 11122 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; 11123 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; 11124 11125 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd)) 11126 { 11127 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; 11128 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags; 11129 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] 11130 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]; 11131 11132 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd) 11133 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default 11134 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), 11135 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))) 11136 { 11137 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd), 11138 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))) 11139 return FALSE; 11140 } 11141 11142 return TRUE; 11143 } 11144 11145 /* Check flag compatibility. */ 11146 11147 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; 11148 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; 11149 11150 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It 11151 doesn't seem to matter. */ 11152 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT; 11153 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT; 11154 11155 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should 11156 just be able to ignore this. */ 11157 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE; 11158 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE; 11159 11160 /* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are 11161 PIC by design. */ 11162 if ((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0 11163 && (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) 11164 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC); 11165 11166 if (new_flags == old_flags) 11167 return TRUE; 11168 11169 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. 11170 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot 11171 actually cause any incompatibility. */ 11172 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 11173 { 11174 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections 11175 which are automatically generated by gas. */ 11176 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo") 11177 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug") 11178 && (sec->size != 0 11179 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text") 11180 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data") 11181 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss")))) 11182 { 11183 null_input_bfd = FALSE; 11184 break; 11185 } 11186 } 11187 if (null_input_bfd) 11188 return TRUE; 11189 11190 ok = TRUE; 11191 11192 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0) 11193 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)) 11194 { 11195 (*_bfd_error_handler) 11196 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"), 11197 ibfd); 11198 ok = TRUE; 11199 } 11200 11201 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) 11202 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC; 11203 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)) 11204 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC; 11205 11206 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC); 11207 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC); 11208 11209 /* Compare the ISAs. */ 11210 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)) 11211 { 11212 (*_bfd_error_handler) 11213 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"), 11214 ibfd); 11215 ok = FALSE; 11216 } 11217 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd))) 11218 { 11219 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */ 11220 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd))) 11221 { 11222 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy 11223 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise 11224 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */ 11225 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd)); 11226 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH); 11227 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags 11228 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE); 11229 11230 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them 11231 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */ 11232 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0 11233 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags) 11234 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI)) 11235 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI; 11236 } 11237 else 11238 { 11239 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */ 11240 (*_bfd_error_handler) 11241 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"), 11242 ibfd, 11243 bfd_printable_name (ibfd), 11244 bfd_printable_name (obfd)); 11245 ok = FALSE; 11246 } 11247 } 11248 11249 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE); 11250 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE); 11251 11252 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it 11253 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */ 11254 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) 11255 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] 11256 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])) 11257 { 11258 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */ 11259 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)) 11260 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] 11261 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])) 11262 { 11263 (*_bfd_error_handler) 11264 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"), 11265 ibfd, 11266 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd), 11267 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd)); 11268 ok = FALSE; 11269 } 11270 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI; 11271 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI; 11272 } 11273 11274 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */ 11275 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE)) 11276 { 11277 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; 11278 11279 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; 11280 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; 11281 } 11282 11283 /* Warn about any other mismatches */ 11284 if (new_flags != old_flags) 11285 { 11286 (*_bfd_error_handler) 11287 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"), 11288 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags, 11289 (unsigned long) old_flags); 11290 ok = FALSE; 11291 } 11292 11293 if (! ok) 11294 { 11295 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 11296 return FALSE; 11297 } 11298 11299 return TRUE; 11300} 11301 11302/* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */ 11303 11304bfd_boolean 11305_bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags) 11306{ 11307 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd) 11308 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); 11309 11310 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; 11311 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE; 11312 return TRUE; 11313} 11314 11315bfd_boolean 11316_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr) 11317{ 11318 FILE *file = ptr; 11319 11320 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL); 11321 11322 /* Print normal ELF private data. */ 11323 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr); 11324 11325 /* xgettext:c-format */ 11326 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags); 11327 11328 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32) 11329 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]")); 11330 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64) 11331 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]")); 11332 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32) 11333 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]")); 11334 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64) 11335 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]")); 11336 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)) 11337 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]")); 11338 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd)) 11339 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]")); 11340 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) 11341 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]")); 11342 else 11343 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]")); 11344 11345 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1) 11346 fprintf (file, " [mips1]"); 11347 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2) 11348 fprintf (file, " [mips2]"); 11349 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3) 11350 fprintf (file, " [mips3]"); 11351 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4) 11352 fprintf (file, " [mips4]"); 11353 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5) 11354 fprintf (file, " [mips5]"); 11355 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32) 11356 fprintf (file, " [mips32]"); 11357 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64) 11358 fprintf (file, " [mips64]"); 11359 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2) 11360 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]"); 11361 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2) 11362 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]"); 11363 else 11364 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]")); 11365 11366 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX) 11367 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]"); 11368 11369 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16) 11370 fprintf (file, " [mips16]"); 11371 11372 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) 11373 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]"); 11374 else 11375 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]")); 11376 11377 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER) 11378 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]"); 11379 11380 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) 11381 fprintf (file, " [PIC]"); 11382 11383 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC) 11384 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]"); 11385 11386 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT) 11387 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]"); 11388 11389 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE) 11390 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]"); 11391 11392 fputc ('\n', file); 11393 11394 return TRUE; 11395} 11396 11397const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] = 11398{ 11399 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, 11400 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, 11401 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 }, 11402 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, 11403 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, 11404 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 }, 11405 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 11406}; 11407 11408/* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the 11409 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a 11410 definiton of the symbol. */ 11411void 11412_bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 11413 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, 11414 bfd_boolean definition, 11415 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 11416{ 11417 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0) 11418 { 11419 unsigned char other; 11420 11421 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other); 11422 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1); 11423 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other); 11424 } 11425 11426 if (!definition 11427 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other)) 11428 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL; 11429} 11430 11431/* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored. 11432 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */ 11433bfd_boolean 11434_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 11435{ 11436 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE; 11437} 11438 11439bfd_boolean 11440_bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 11441{ 11442 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON 11443 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON 11444 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON); 11445} 11446